GOSPEL GLORY 1% James D Vau^han ■ MUSIC PUBLISHER Lawrenceburg , Tenn. Come, My Friends and Go With Me J. L M. J. L. Morgan 31 ■*- ... _ 1. 1 shall ne'er for-get tfee day.Jg - sas took my sins a - way, That is 2. Whan I need Him He is near, bring-ing coH»-fort,b©pe and ebew.Gw • kg 3. So witir Him I press a -long, mid tfois bos - y wiek- ed Stems/Iett -rng rEM^=£=El U— If— E=fcb=fr— 1£ » bfc. why I sing a song as I go my way a~k>Hg;He is new my all in all me a hap- py fife, free frsffl m -*»•» a»d &wa sbife; And He lead* me mgfet and day of Hrslo^e for roe, how He sets the cap-tive iree; Sinew-rag- how He died for tkem «i_«_k_ ^_* ^^ g—fi- r&—m — k-r^-Bk— »Mfcr SdtrrH S-8J.g-g-git=i5E^" -v— y— v- and I fol-low at His call, For I know tfeat He will tap me from the wrong, in tbe straight aednai-rmv wayrB*Sp-i»g me to live it berewhm sm is rife. pray-ing tkey wiil f»»e toHimjW be samd and blest for all e - te? -ni-tty. a ft x — ^ " "~ -fL'T^Lgpt * bfc. rar-*— *-r»f-^-'*— «- fe*-fc — * — j*-rf2--_r|2L rs-3 1 1— f§? — be — u \mm W i^lPM-y-i — h V— y— y =5— 5=£ t!=p=:^rte- q=q=p we will ban a jn Cborus. -lee In that bte-d Ho - fry eft - y in tbe skf. Come, my friends^and go with me, let Hha make jot glad aad free, * 1 1 rfc2 fc k< k — r j %^E*e£eEJEEBEEBe£ -k- :£=^ tat- fel Bt -±=at=l £-- -h-, D.S. £=*: r* ■ /-h i $=f3 ¥*t i?=E^! He will give to yoo a man-sion where tbe soul shall ne? • ear ■#- r^-- ^~ Capyriab.*., 19.48., Viv .lames D. Vaug,h.an, Music Publisher, iu "Gospel Glory..' | GOSPEL GLORY FOR [ Singing Schools, Singing Conventions, Etc. AUTHORS J G. Kieffer Vaughai i Jam Adger M. Pace W. B. Walbert j Chas. W. Vaughan es D. Walbert Rev. Rupert Cravens J Jesse B. Hardin Byron G. Faust Luther Dvummond I J. E. Marsh L. O. Brock Will L. Matthews 1 B. F. White J. C. Cooper Mrs. Jesse B. Hardin 1 John M. Dve W. S. Tidwell J. Monroe Mobbs j E. F. Purvis Woodrow Sides Houston L. Thomas I Earl Conway Harvey A. Lewis Herbert E. Pace f L. C. Higdon J. L. Morgan Roy L. Johnson f A. O. Hargett R. G. Wilkins W. C. Woodward I E.R.Ward Curtis Taylor M. D. McWhorter | Perkin Meador Lawrence Ropel c J. O. Townsend f G. D. McNair Ranee Barkley James W. Poole J. F. Durden Gaskell Warren William R. Wallace I L. E. Teal John E. Hull • W. Howard Johnson j Yale E. Payne Theo Powell A. J. Burchfield g J. L. Freeman Edgar W. O'Dell Robert L. Johnson i Mrs. L. W. Carr Bryant Johnson J. Porter Thomason | T. L. Gilley Lee M. York Rev. Virgil S. Rushing f David Huntley Mrs. Shirlene Walker ! Walter C. Carter Paul W. Cochran | Willie Willmurth Robert McWhirter f W. K. Brown s: THE BESTJ Bill Edd Dodson I Fred Rich Fay Jennings | Jimmye Boyd Dr. H. H. Martin f Grady L. Baker ^se^watr^ Ross F. Chambers I Clyde W. Cox W. D. Rowland 1 Jesse Cook Doyle Hawkins ! M. H. Hodges C AMERICA. Lon Craddock { J. C. West \/ Rev. G. C. Morris 1 Oren Adams L. P. Thigpen j W. E. Hinton Hollis Taylor f Darius Green , Eloise Carper 1 W. H. Nelson PRICES: Cecil Fisher 35c a Copy; $3.60 a Dozen; $13.00 foi : 50; $25.00 a 100, postpaid ! anywhere in the U.S.A. Shaped No1 tes Only. Manila Binding. JAMES D.Vi \UGHAN MUSIC PUBL ISHER f LAWRENCEBURG, _ rENNESSEE » Copyright, 1948, by J ames D. Va ughan, Music Publisher 1 Want to Live There Mrs. Novella Black Perkin Meacior 1 s 1. I'm planning some day, 2. I'm send- ing each day, 3. That man- sioa they say, V v P to leave this old world, ma-ter- i - al there, is great to he -hold, 0 P '$-$- And go to that place Of which He will build Andstand-eth with-in I my man-sion to fair; the Cit- v of gold: 3-=:— pan ^=t- i»=K 1 p__J_^_p D.S. Where man-sion of light F--K — ® — »— H ■ -i 1 1 1 -| —■—p. -^— g— y-fjg— 9— « g— ■— -6-\ willnev-er de-cay; h— W— U— h— n — * L h — h — P — P n — h— * For Je-sus has gone And when He shall call Come,qaick-ly oh, Lord, 6Vt^— S M— *— n— ^— With Je -bus my Lord, p p -a p " p P" that place to pre-pare, how hap-py I'll be, and take me up there, -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- «_«_£_« e_:t:_«_±:i-"t"— ti_ t- tf— p— p- g£fc P ^ m — w the good and the true, ^~;cz"tz5zf f^FlNE. '-^-^1 And soon He will come To go to that home To live in that home _?_£__£_ p P P and take me up there for- ev - er to be. Thyglo-ry to share. 0 » ■Frtr g^^Tx — "p^^-^=g=g=gp-t-bzz^fA==-g-^^-^^-^=^j ^ffi==^E^==E=5p3:^~lz^=z====^=g=^tt=^=^===^pr=:i I want to live there, Chorus. k s \<*~ iFFi z=EE say how a-bout vou? h h - „* - :«=■$ D.S. I want to live there tnrr pp p p P P p1 ^ p u some won-der-fnl day, I want to live there some won-der- fnl day. some won-der-ful day, ft .pt A 7-r; . -« — M. -fi « * ^_5— ClZt-ptl— -t— | ±—h "I-— n Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory." PTT No. 1. Fay Wallington Gospel Glory Adger M, Pace 1. There's a grand 2.'Tis the sto 3. Let us go and bless - ed sto- ry, bless - ed sto- ry, ry of sal -va-tion, of sal - va- tion, with joy and tell it, go and tell it, |s — a — A^j^zzri 3J=zi|=Ezs!= =z=— a|=Jt=rJ=:j|zzfe= =— : from heav'n a - bove, from heav'n a - bove; ones here be - low, down here be - low: wide world a - round, the world a - round; Sent to us For the lost To the whole -A- -A- -A- -A- -™- -A D.S.Sing it out to all the race, to :zU: :f==l= 11 the m j -A- -A- -A- -A- -ft- :A-_jA^_ P P * £ Pk k k fc k k 1 And 'tis filled We should then With a song with gos - pel glo - ry, gos - pel glo - ry, with ju - bi - la - tion, ju - bi - la - tion, of vie - t'ry swell it, glad - ly swell it, 4. -*- -ft- .ft- -A- -A- -ft. — t? — J D— 5 — 5— tc Sing with pow'r and gos- pel glo- ry, gos -pel glo - ry, v k i Fine- ■*-« — j — f-i ■ Jr — * — *" P#* — 3— tf - — ' ::::: : " :;i Tell - ing of Tell it out Where-so - ev our Sav-iour's love, our Sav- iour's love, wher - e'er we go, wher -e'er we go. er man is found, where man is found. -A- -f- -W- -A- :t3J-b=t3=t3=E,s r\ h m ev - 'ry place, in ev - 'ry place. Sing song and tell the sto - ry, Sing a song and tell the sto - ry, bless - ed sto - ry, -A- m » — p. !*— a: Copyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." zi±fe±fc=# V- -&— — »— r!~ -JS— No. 2. Y, E. P. The City Four-Square Yale E. Payne t>— fs— 0- 1.0" ver by the crys-tal riv - er, far a -bove the blue sky, Where the 2. Streets of gold and walls of jas > per, gems of spark-'ling bright hue, Where will 3. There'll be no more pafn nor dy - ing when we reach that good place, No more y-fi-r* — r* — r»— Bk * = P- <r— .-It fc k ^ s— xc&- — f-S^i i/ ^ y njj v -■- ■• * $ saints shall live for - ev - er and shall nev-er-more die, Where the birds are ev - er come no moredis- as-ter and nomorework to do ; Fruits of rich and gleaming heart-aehes,no more sigh-ing in the light of God's face,Love.-ly flow-ers send- ing _JL -'=&— *" %=fe=fe: M *— *-^— p— P — | 0' ■# U1 * ' ' v v V ' " g) sing - ing sweet-e3t rnel - o - dies rare, With its foun-tains ev - er splend-dor will a - dorn the green trees, E - vil fore - es will not sweet-ness thru theheav-en - ly air, 'Tis a home of sure com - _E m ,*_g_J^-_g__g-_-g:_ » — if — ft — &,_ :p— pz=g=b=:Ep— 6i=g z=z=bp=pzz=g=b=: Chorus. ^ijis|f=piiii^pi^i^ j. .a. .^. -j. .a- .^. .^_ spring-ing stands the Cit - y four-square. Cit - y four-square, love-ly and fair, hin - der in its heav - en - ly breeze. plete-ness, in that Cit - y four-square. Cit - y of light,where comes no night, ■«- _. . . k — ^r-* — ^__^_g^_r^ p. m-ft* ^ffipz=p=S=^=t5=J=Jz=:t:tzpz=p— p=^Ep=p=pz^=3 | i T 2 1 Build- ed for you and me; Oh, how we long for Thee. gE5Ep=p— p=£=^-E»=*±?.Ep=^P g Ezzfc^l=B twr— ^ — * — ' — 55 — P" Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory. No. 3. L. 0. B L. 0. Brock On the Hills of Glory Land P-4-A-11 M— \-A A — ft" A A A— 4* j |-A A « j A 1 ry ■ - » J 1. Won't we bave a hap- py time, when we reach that sun- ny clime, 2. Flow - ers sweet are bloom-ing there, send - ing per -fume ev-'ry where, 3. Praise the Lord, the Cit - y fair, we are told, is built four-square, Jr.1— -»- jfL sk- sj^HH^— fas— Errfc &H=yzz-— p=fa— P=p: 3=E _fc — E a £_Oa__£ — (!_ f? __ a . it2=3=p==p-S— t2=^t=-: SB — ^~~ A— f-A A A A A A ~ M-\-m m ~A y A—11 A J u ~* y y y p" p • k' r D ;i. .P On the hills of glo- ry land; > With the O'er* those 0 -ver on the hills of glo- ry land, glo - ry land; And 'tis S& WEE 5>-. -£ -(*- 5* L§*: D. S. To that ' =:^=i-^— S—h-^-^-^-^--, ffl — A A ft^ A A A— Eg A' — |-A A g j A =i=:~5=: Sav - iour on His throne, reign - ing o'er His loved and own, On the fields we'll glad - ly roam in that hap- py home,sweet home, there we'll shout and sing hal - le ■ lu -jab"? to the King, :az V- A A IA A A |S_ C.%. |A. -us — e — f :g — » —I 5 : hap - py dwell- ing place where weMl praise Him for His grace, ^ Kink Chorus. fa — ♦— I — #j— d ^ A A A A A A— A - ! v' y V~ P D~~y site* * r y ■' hills of glo-ry land. 0 - ver on the hills of glo-ry land, glo-ry land.Let us live for Je-sus herewith no f\ ■■ i h J v .«. :=: j*. .». JL «- -k. * — P— h — P — n — P— » — n — i — H rEs-w — -p-r^ b — n — ' — ♦hi P P b^P— f-L *£S> — L u— P *~Ts ♦— ♦ e ^-t-r-T- ' y ' - i/ i . y an en-trance grand *= doubt-ing and no fear,And we'll have And we'll have with Him an en-trance grand,en-trance grand .«- 2: .a. It .«. j*. .*. flti .|8. .«- gk. ^. ^:=£-;=== A A ^ =y=y= ^: , • — •- Copyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." No. 4. Fay Wallington Tell it Out 3zfc=ft=H=: ^=•15=^=:^=^=:^=^=^ ■t ^=^^^=i~^=l=i=§j^=g3 W. S, Tidwell If 1. Oh, my broth - er, there's a mes - sage that the world should know, 2. When the world was all in dark- ness, Christ, the Sav- iour came, 3. He is now at home in heav- en, reign- ing on His throne, azft: k-^ V — P- -* & — _-t_--- sLlj , jJ bs_* t . ? m _ . I f — [ » :j5=: x ■ I ' i ~ \ \ \ b ' 'j Tell it out, tell it out; 'Tis the mes-sage of sal- And He died to save the Tell it out, tell it out;. With the Fa-ther He is ■»- jg#- -■- •• ■ "*L_bk. ■*■ bk. '•: "•: 9z -"•: rrj 1 1— a — A--r~j -[1—5—1 — ^ p^ |ee|e ==n3^: =g$ M^z^nifc-— ■ A — p- zzf 2ir s&k z : oh. tell it out. va - tion.sin to o - ver-throw,Tell it out, sin - nerfrom a life of shame, plead-ing for His loved and own, Tei! it out, oh, tell it, tell it out. ■&• hv ■&■ -e- ->-- --- -(-" -•* &•- -p- fi»- "•- k.. J ^ s%ip — X)~~0 — Q\\ — I — ! — ~ r! — i — B — ■' — g~7^~-|z~- '■ — 4tb — M— as— 1-sb — b — h — m — a— fjrp—x — ^— H 1 1 1 r-= Tell it out to ev- 'ry na-tion, that the Lord is King, Tell it out, Tell it _A. .&,. -A. out, i 1 1*— i !4 A ' -a fc. *_fs. CT~P~ p>- — 1- — r £=0=&=»=t •H- -H- _ -*-_$»l •"" -A- jfe^sfe -WV — I P— J— h" — b — ■ — b — ci — a| P H-hal — H 9 — n , teli it out; Un-till all the world may hear it, let the mes-sage ring, tell it out; ft»S — ^ H i 1 * & 1 1 1 1 1 1 bfc A — HA \A * — Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory, No. 5. W. B. W. Lord, is it I? W. B. Walbert :=T3— 3fc=3==pq±te= _* — k— h— " 1. Some one is griev-ing the Sav- iour**to - day, 2. Some one is wan- iler - ing out in the cold, Lord, is it I? 3. Some one is turn- ing a- way^from His face, .ft. -A- -A . -*- Ht* i+_ -*- jW-* ft— — * * nft * — h* * ft A III i_y y- -W- :tz±Ji=-:itezziz-zi:« P U 0 I lit -h- Some one is care - less - ly drift - ing a • way. Lord, i3 it I? Lost from the Saep-herd and far from the foid, Some one is spurn-ing His of - fer of grace, -A- -A- -ft- -A- -*■- " >■ £4wf-ft ft- — ft ft—--* ft ft ft-- —'ft ft Mft ft grtt-n-.z=B=i=E=±5z=iGzz=D-zzp — n n=to=:=5: ^rp~pz-p=f~tg P— p: -y- :t- -v- ClIORUS. Lord, is it I? Lord, Lord, is it I? it I? Lord, is I? -• — -ft- :pz_0: - — v -»-^ A 1- 1 1£ fti — a ft-J Lord, Lord, is It I? #— • p — 5- 0 - I =±6 I? Lord, is it -ft-i ft* ft ft sf- :p=p: *£? ^: i=*G=i =^=F^=^: drift - ing a - way from the fold, Lord, is -A- .ftTT 38. I? fc?=% -A. »-^ — &- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Masic Publisher, in "Gospel Glory.' No. 6. L. 0. B. Let Us Keep on Praying -*- *- -»- 1. What we're need-ing here be- low, as thru 2. There is much that we should do if to 3. When the world seems go - ing wrong and we've. L. 0. Brock E- aj "I j — "" "* — 1*7" life we on- ward go, God we woald be true, al - most lost our song, V v * I — &Hi:=b=±=i£zs!=zi|zi*— ii? a — 9 — 1_ — i — 1_ -j v -♦- -♦- -*- •«■- -♦- ip . _l_A 6 %gg y > Is to kneel and pray ev-'ry day; It will And we need to pray ev-'ry day; It will Brother, let U3 then kneel and pray; It will D.S. It will help F^=^5±^= *=: 4 ri -jfc ^3 help help help us in the fight 'gainst the to keep ns straight.till we us press a - long, fill our -A- llS -^ i— :if5 to God, in the FlNE. a wrongandfor theright. Keep the light of heav - en. shin- ing a - long the way. reach the glo- ry gate, So then let us keep on pray-ing a -long the way. lives with hap-py song, Till we reach our home up yon-der some glo -ry day. -# — 3— 9 — ^ — * r~A~ 1 J A A- — ^ — >— h — ■*- zq-t — ~ -*- way the saints have trod, So then let Chorus , IB 1 us Keep on pray-ing from day to day. ■ — p — t, ^ — *— «: J long the glo - ry way, -*- -k- ra * A A * A H 1 A A A — T| and pray, us knetl and pray, each day, Copyright 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory. No. 7. C. W. Naylor When Christ Shall Come W. C. Woodward gE_«_L# 1 1 ta g — &•— Le 5 Or- — •— L-H 1 C -*- U-— ■ •"■"—I w ~ -♦- -♦• ■•■ -♦- -♦- 1. All hail the 2. His won - drous 3. The rec - ords day for which ma -jes - ty will be o we yearn, The hap-py day di - vine From east to west pened wide And by them we i i r\ Ji a A-— A — rA A- A* ■ — p — | — n~T " — 5 — "pinr ==t5rzt=d=:-===d==^z=zz=:^=:±ru1— =z=z of Christ's re -turn;He'll sure will bright-ly shine; Vast mul will all be tried; The high, — * — i * • ; — • — r* r^H* — H» © 1 H ^r ly come to earth ti - tudesfrom sea the low, the great Chorus. a - gain, and land and small i p__r£z t=t — N-3— i— iir-*i-F*— ■ *L And nations all will see Him then. We shall see Shall come and in the judgment stand. If saved will be re-ward-ed, all. We shall see, IS J D r -p- Him in His glo * ry, glo- ry see, -m *~r£ —* — *f-£~r* — *" r r* — ,* — * - B — EE LA A gg n=4=i :± :■ fat 3=E=Ei5^==i= af = L^ -L; tr-pr And shall stand among His own; Then we'll go with Him to And shall stand a - mongHisown; Then we'll go with fcte-5 t«_p__» a H:_!!z=* —^ , p=X — . ._&__&--&—& :^z=s__t3= M*- 1 r U 1/ heav - en, Wh:.:e we'll know as we are known,as we are known. Him to heav-en, Where we'll know as we are known. ft -m ■ pa m a m m f , t2— tCZZtt^E _5 u -fL :-=P=n— - Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." No. 8. Why Don't You Let Jesus Come in? Rev. V. S. R. Rev. Virgil S. Rushing i 1. If you are wear- y and lad - ened with care, Why don't you let 2. Are you down- heart - ed, by sin - ningmade sad? Why don't you let 3. Yoursins the mas- ter will par - don to - day, Why don't you let .*. _a. _#.. £: m. a. _t. .k. _p __?: » » IB — Y-9- — e *=6=te=k Je - su3 come in? Je - sus comein? Je - sus come in? M- ■P~ 4 •S±Z=|:Z=|rzdKII=fc=zt=Ll5ZZZi5Z=iS===ff '^f~ - T — P~ fr-~l — tr—H If you will let Him. your bur - dens He'll bear, He'll Hit your load and your heart will make glad, Then you can sing ol His love all the way, .fit- -0. _|__ -ff- fit- -fc- -^. p-T-tJ— IP" fc*— -- - »- Ly it: E— 3==B FineChorus. Why don't you let Je - sus come in? ;; .?. -p. :5: .«. -k. 0 0- 0 0 0- P=tn=gzz:p=zrp=5=p: iH Why don't you let szzzctz: ■ — tn — p»- — »— — 0 Je • sus come in • to your heart?He'll par • don and cleanse you from A. =t: -0- -«- -P- 3k- ■±=|s=S- -•-. =|tz^_iz:=;^zz=pL-D.-»: _=p=p=^=pzip: IN IS EC i— |* a P — «— F* — * — * — j — * — 2 — F* — y— ^a — * — R the Sav • iour, A. A. to ^3E day makes the start, -p- -k- • **- rr— i r — r= : Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." No. 9. R.F.C. Look to the Saviour and Live Ross F. Chambers and Sav - iour came from heav - en one day, 1. Our Re -deem - er 2. I'm so glad for that mo - merit when to 3. Put your all on the al - tar and be :£zzz*zzz£zzzf: •I 1— — te fc me Je - sub came, lieve on His word, _H _&- ZZZpZZiZlJ 0 m- 4m M 4 * — J Came to save poor lost sin - ners who are go - ing a - stray: I was lost and for - sak - en, yet, He took all my blame; Keep on talk - ing to Je - sus, till from Hira you have heard; zW — zz£zzz £zzz^zzzt:zzjZzzzfezzz?zzzzzzzPzz j ==^£^=4—^ f — r>*k— ^ -1 — ! — 1 — 5= 0 <D #— L0 0 — 50- fczzsjz: 3zzEzz:^zz: _^_c= — 1 .. — And He suf-fered and died to take the sin clouds a - way, And I'm hap- py to tell you, He will do you the same,Oh, look to the Then He'll fill you with glo- ry, and your soul will be stired, m I* I ' ' m - -*• "I*" +-- -*" '^_ — FP 1 h h 1— zzpzzds :p — « — 1 — 1 — l_. p._i lizzfEZzfezzSEZz^zzpzf :pz=t -t— -#- -p- P— D.S. All your sins He will par-don and true cleans-ing will give, j. , Fine Chorus. ffd&zjzzlzziftzczjzzz: zzzzzzzzzigzlzzczzz iEzzg — ^ ^rlzz:izz.54z^^=5=^=^==E^=EEs=:fe=I feu :szz| £z:l r ir r - y •* 1 »■ »■ Sav-iour and live, e - ter - nal- ly live. Oh, look to the Sav-iour and iz_t_-r_v- :czzzz=g=rp- jr "P f" SfcHrP-F F ' :M*-j?-— — --^-j-t-rT— t— -r— v— r f J. i^==^=PB^=^^ ZXS. Fl? H=£ — tr— i? — p— b — I — *-l\?—\ — \p— live,for- ev - er live,Yes,look to the Sav-icurandlive,in glo - ry land live; —X—t—w—w *" "*■ :^ * ■*" Drk' 'fe fe ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ £ zitozzQzz) _szznz=Lz:5z Copyright,i94S,by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory." E^z^lfmzlEizli No. 10. W, B. Walbert What Wonderful Glory T. L. Gilley Jr. 1. How 2. All 3. How e- -o my heart o'er-flows with rap-ture and glo - ry, When I think of the blood-washed saints, the pure and the Ho-ly,We shall meet that I long to see my won- der-ful Saviour, And fa.e - hold His — »-■ — H* & A * h* A 4 & 4 & — -p>— ri * — A — r4 14 ■— ^=JrB=zz=z: lid^iLi*— - M-r^^--h-K- zFitnaizr ^-^ W— 3d— ii-^i— l-g- -a— y--il— w^l-Sv . 5».i— !-■— ai-> si—*— 1< - *> f i i i heav-en,. my home, my home;That fair land of joy and won-der- ful glo - ry, glo - ri - ous day, glad day; In that land of bliss and won-der-ful sto - ry, beau- ti - ful face,Hi3 face; . Share the blessings of His sweet lov -ing fa- vor, 4 A — , 1 A A — r-A -A :p=p: p& — tfc — a- -K — * — -| -ik- — 4 — I :_S3E3 Chorus -A FV P Sip r Where we'll nev- er wor - ry nor roam, nor roam. What a day, And live on for - ev - er and aye, and aye. And His great and mar-vel -ous grace, His grace. What a day, — ♦ fr- — pi H » j- h — p4» . 3 »- -I— t>-C -14— --14- what :£-: Hfe±=* si— j — te_i-^ — -.—45 — K-ri — 3 — =&— - — i — isr- :=t: £-fc won-der-ful glo - ry,When we meet on heav-en's fair shore, fair sliore;Tliere we'll -A- -A- -Hi * 14- -bk £ 4 14- -14 A U 1 1 1 cj redemption's'oldsto- ry,And our lov- ing Sav-iour a-dore,a-dore. sing There we'll sing .A. .A. .4. -g- -F- -•- 'jjr_ -\z~_'~' -14 i 14— bk— P* £" rt=t=t--t--te=t=p=p=zp: :^fcc£zfc?z^tefefe| =P=p: ~r:t:~t=?— pzzpzcT-zrrz.T _C| — p— p— f — tp-tjar Copyright 1948 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "gospel glory. " No. 11. We Are Going Home to Heaven Rev, R. C. . Rev. Rupert Cravens ?5^ -jj — L5 >£> * ♦ — L- " — -1-*- -J 1. We are trav -'ling.dai - ly trav-'ling, Toward the set - ting of the 2. Joy-ous morn- ing, glo - rious dawn- ing, When we gath - er on that 3. Won the bat - ties, gone the tri - als, And re - demp - tion won at 4. Let me meet you in the morn-ing, In that Cit - y bright and -A- -■&:- -A- -A- -A* -A- -A- -A- -A- -h— -P- -A- ctr :A--tr=t ~r £: Pllili^^ii^ Soon our jour - ney will be o - ver, Man - ny loved ones there will greet us, Joy un - end - ing, bliss of heav - en, Twill be glo - ry there to meet you. -a ■ p. =-P==P= a- t=s- rr •b- -m- -p- 1 i- 1 jg Fk Es- 4 r I — =!- And our toil - ing will be done. 'Twill be glo - ry ev - er -more. Trib - u - la ■ tions will be past. Ev - er - last - ing joys to share. -t k A- -A- :t it: _A-- r- Je - sus calls us, friends are h r> ... l-r- -<£>— wait • ing, Soon we'll meet them o - ver there, fe J__r« &_$- i— ;f^ -P — F* (2 — C P — Ft- o - ver there;We'll be m=£^p -.ft <?— : :ez=|s=: -p tT7 ^Ulilllll 7d H j — pSE L» — 7*r faith- ful, press- ing on - ward, Till that morn- ing bright and fair. .p. -p. Z~N P P 1 1 R be k k FB ^2 P « r— Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory,' :szz No. 12. Chas. W, V. Oh, Don't Go Away —fc- __fv r> Chas. W. Vaughan -afr— -*j — *j — H 1 — *j — » — aj — m — tJ -«- -«" -♦" -*" ■♦- /* ^ -♦- ^ 1. Oh, don't go a - way with-out Je-sus, You need Him so much in your 2. Oh, don't go a - way with-out Je-sns, He loves you so dear-ly, so 3. Oh, don't go a - way with-out Je-sus, He'll take you to beav-en a- _ Br&j£z:^=zjfc=r^=:^iz:£Z=:ptziE=z^zz:l^zErr=g— jtzzp— frzfrz:: P P P u p p ^ ft — fc^- ^-J— -P->-P- life; No oth - er will do like Je- sus for you, When trouble and true; His life He once gave the wholeworldto sa?e,In - clud-ed are bove; His grace is so real, the kind you can feel, Oh, don't go a- D ft r> -t- tf P I P Chorus. :p=P=P^=t= "J— p—p P' -^ — q — ^ — La — 0 — 10 — l« e — .9 & e — 1#_ ■m *t -&* ^ I sor - row are rife, sin - nera like you. way from His love. Oh, don't go a - way from Je -sus to - day, P -#- - P He'll lead when the path-way grows dim; When tronb-les be - fall, §SH: _przia: P :£=£ £=P=P=»: £BB ^=6=*=* -♦- -♦- is -5 £ a m- m _^_r_h — h — h- 2 -»a fe==$=J>_ He'll an-swer your call, ■= * — r* — Oh, don't go a - way with-out Him. -W-7F- -=g=7i=tiz=Epz=^=p=pi: -6- V zfctpzdrfczzlid Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." No. 13. Have You Been Faithful to Jesus? J. C. Jesse Cook :^=zf3=:t5: ffit=F=i=gFj ±>=i=^±j±zi. irift: .^-£— I i£=3EE 13" 3= ifcfcizjc: 1. Have you been faith-ful to Je- sus, my friend?Have you been r.ry-ing some 2. Friend,has your life been a bless-ing to man? Are you now do- ing tbe 3. When you have come to the end of life's way, And when no long - er on fc- -A A -14- rpzzt.-rfc: _u : lost best earth one • to /win? Have you been tell - ing the sto - ry of that you can? Walk-ing each day in the way Je - sus you can stay, Will you hear Je - sus say, "Come, faith-ful love? trod, one? m^~- -B»— -&- -ff- ~-\ t— Ha-~^A e^._>_- g=gj=EEEEE= Chorus. r-J\ &e— - P K bove 45— -45z=^5: y -#- -ip- .«. ■ Point-ing lost sin-ners to heav-en a Try- ing to be a true ser-vant of God. Have you been faith-ful to Come and re-ceive the bright crown you have won. .A- -A. .A. 'ff — A A A A 1 1 M 1 1 A--1-A — -A -A A A A [p— 5,— Ljp £— Jj l ■ . O: ^ — h r^^ -4- i- F-^ — =P— ? — h — h — h-P1^ — h — h — 3? BB BSI IB KIJ IB CD L_3S B I =ta : :g. — g ♦-- Je - sus each day? Have you been walk -ing the straight nar- row way? -A- -A- -A. a a-= — Ff ■t- -tr '-£ Have you been willing His will to o - bey?Have you been faith-ful to Je-sus al- way? ^P=^g=5=£=£ -K-ri -A- -A Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Majestic Melodies." No. 14. Millard A. Glenn Wonderful Story L. P. Thigpen W==fr=i 1. What won-der-ful joy I'm hav -ing to -day, Since Je-sus has rolled the 2. The sun-light is shin- ing o> ver my soul, Joy bil-lows of love now 3. I want all to know this won- der-ful Friend,Just how He can save and -_ -j— ± — , A 4 — p4 A ± A — . A-—A I b I I; i t f :(s — 1& — |s — |s: £r^ j 0 0 — <- -i 1 1 a « — \-0 — 0 « 0 — j S5=5±E sin - clouds a - way; No long - er in doubt I trav - el a - long, o - ver me roll; I'm hap - py to tell wher - ev - er I go, keep to the end; I want all to share His won-der • ful love, a 9-£ b ' b e ft — r4 * j — _ f Fine. Chorus. l h 0 ■ — I <5>-l0- s±at *= 3=§: For Je- sus has saved and filled me with song.. That I've been redeemed, made whit- er than snow. Wonderful sto »ry, full of And meet me at home in heav- en a -bove. ■I £--Jt:- :fc_J_ t-£— Z-t- •*■ mm 0=t=5=t :p_ra :Bzfe 4 4- -* A- — I i ij£=tote D. S. And live with Him there so hap- py and free. Tr-? £^ rsfP-44 — i ^ — hs — v — >-- *=d=* 1 — -3 — -» a ■ -*— . r a|=j|==5: •» •— &•- -d- $* B* sun-shine and glo - ry, Keeps me tell - ing what He is do -ing for B -I A * A g — y l ■ U I8" ,^ -t :t3=t -I F H 1— ±— ft— r~ E I ^: -• — D.6*. ^ *=^ rftzjzz^z^s: I s ^=^=ts=S=fe=§ --*=£ at -b b b- me, hal ■ Ie - lu - jah;And when I meet Himjyon-derjSweetlyl'll greet Him, S=SEE P:=3i3396 %=2=g=£ V=& :p= t=t: Copyright,i948,by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory," No. 15. When Jesus Abides With Me Rev. Dr, Alfred Barratt 1UZ3 — -_ M — 1_ -1 — 5— M-3R — FS — ad — I jd — F* — * — ^=t Dr. H. H. Martin 1. I am sail - ing life's troub-le-some sea, 2. When the storm bil-lowsrum-ble and roar, 3. I am trust- ing my life in His hand, And the Sav -iour my In His keep-ing I'm For the bil - lows o- fe mx? *-H— i— -\ —\~t^r-r~r*~ ' ' r ' i tw=t= S^Wa-* A — r-A A 1* A A A kii-2- 14 A r-F p B :iK-r-s;j— zt5===hzc^z=jzz:£z=?i=i!==zib=r=t^ -tt-j j M- — ai *j J — \-m ■ 1 1— 1 b — V-ri -d — I i--|— |— g-F^— g— 3 — I— h — g — 3 — ; — "— ^— FPI— ^— 1 Pi- lot will be; But the storms can - not ter - ri ■ fy me, Bafe ev ■ er- more; I can steer to e - ter- ni -ty's shore, bey His com-mand; I shall reach yon -der beau -ti - ful strand, ■ -A- ^ w. JB. .A- -A- -A- -A- „ s|-:t=t=t=r:^==:-t=t-ri:=tz=?=P==P: _£!_• i=Ezbt- :p=^: s=a t> , Chorus. , c--j 1-,-k r^-r:^-^ *H — When Je-sus a-bides with me. When Je-sus a-bideswith me, a-bideswithme. a-bideswith me. -A- J PE BE*E^Et_Z feE- t3 iti lp=^= I;; ,1— -j— r-!. -fr— ts-r-k— 1— tP— : !-- - r-— I I p - When Je-sus a- bides with me, There is peace in my soul a - bides with me; _A_ -A- -A- -A- %*-EEF=p=E -»- -9- -»- -»- ■+— +- -I— "h~ -I r0 a ». =0= -A- :t~ -A- — tP=t=P= t_-JT-^-^=j: *=f: when the storm bil -lows roll, When Je-sus a - bides with me. a - bides with a i £- -A- -A- -A. A. ^J-jJL. -A- -A- -A- -A- '-f- #i J me. Copyright.1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." No. 16. W. K. B, That Far Away Clime W. K. Brown 1. A bean-ti- ful tree is stand-ing to -day,Onhea?Vsev- er flow- ing stream; 2. Far out and be-yond the sun -set of time, A home waits me in the skies; 3. How glad I will be to live in that home, And rest by the tree of life; ^q^-cc^__£zzs_jfcuCj — p— p— | — |_cp_5_p_p=p=t_^i_i b I U Lord, give me a place in its cool- ing shade, And 'twill be the end of my dream. And treasures are there that fades not a -way ,Blest home where the soul nev-er dies. I'll bask in its shadebe -neath heaven's dome, A - way from all sor -row and strife. f-t—\Z- "t?— I !"- * :t=t -» — » .-t-_-e-__- #-— » 0 •- =£=£±==1 ,, Chorus. #-# » F« P F 1" * P F» * • • ^ IP— 3 — it & r-l* 1* & Ik * A H* *— * 1* * * 1 ~P~T~ t— u— D~""~^" — u~ i — p — d — r -^ or i May I feast, bless- ed Lord, on the fruit -k- -k- -*• this tree stand - ing ^ -*- I li fe: fa dh* there in its gran-deur sub-lime; .F. #. #. .«. .«. y*- :t— t=L=£=:s=F-:= ■® — # — 9 — n f — hfS'-- is r — u~ p — r- I drink at the fount •k- -k- :t; :k- -v— 1 ^ of the wa -ters so free Flow-ing there in that won-der - fnl clime? §gi^§§ r*-N i -t?-p- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory, ' No. 17. When The Saviour Calls Me Home Rev. G. C. M. Rev. G. C. Morris _L_ 1 1 L 1 —\-0 m — -, — h — • — * — 4= If— n-.%— ■-t3— i— i~ t— •— • 1. There's a beau-ti - ful build-ing, in a bean - ti - ful land, Where the 2. Ev' - ry soul of the saved ones, thru His won- der- ful grace, Will be 3. Man-y friends are in glo-ry, who have gone on be-fore,Tbo I 0 0 P P P P P — p-p~ p— tr- p— •— ^-c2— J-^— •— •-H-Cj— jt .«, saved shall as -sem-ble in a glo - ri - fied band;I shall be with that sing - ing glad prais- es in that won- der- ful plaee;And I know I'll be wait here and pon- der, they will sor -row no more, They will wel-come my A- -A- fi — S— "£" — a" — -S~ — j !== t: -A— =t=t3=ti=E^z=:is=|K= :S: K K h, FlNE' ^ — fl--»— "-1— i— •— • — • — * — E— L* — c — m 1 — ^— ' * — g- — — J number on the bright gold -en strand, When the Sav-iour shall call me home. hap-py as I look on His face, coming to thatheav-en-ly shore, shall call - -A — A A — *-, A = A A A— rA -A A A =— rA 9 r2 — -» zk=k=k=k=bi=£=:b==g— ^zEpzzip— b~ Bizp=±^ aH P P ^ P P P Chorus. ■I=SlZ=?=B£=SK=|lZZiS=K=tS — • — ^— ctp — t? — p — i — u-rf- When the Saviour shall call me home. When the Saviour shall call shall call me home, L-JLJ&jfc #- -ft- * -.*■"- -♦- . -*- .R me shall e^^Pfp? •* A A A— | -A- P=|:-£-Er: D.S. 3=5 -?-$— f-b*F-^-C-i— Vl— ^—. ?— •— •-tt?—- p p 1— a P ' V home; Ev' - ry care will be passed,'TwilI be heav en call me home; . r\ -•- R -•- ■#- > s b r — r* ■ A^—r* «— J. I at last, -f—n 22 ~m ~ m s r — r* ■ A — r* « * ■ n ^^^rgz=p=^z=t^E^|iz-p^zz±Efci£^ _. 0 Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughaa, Music Publisher in "Gospel Clory" No. 18. Lean On the Everlasting Arms Rev. Dr. Alfred Barratt. Suggested by W, B. W. W.B. Walbert 1. When the path is 2. Would you know the 3. You will find the 4. He can still the lone - ly full - ness prom - is tern - pest *. -k- and the clouds hang low, of His love di - vine, es of God are true, till the tu - mults cease; M. z£=t*=cts=~i==Ss~=f:==£==:t— fczzfc^: D.S.When your heart is heav - y cross you bear, ,-£- Fine Chorus. ^=|:=D=fcl5=±ii^^-^=Bzzzz=zz:=z:[^=E^=d=^= ) — a — pS — * — ff** — & — a — P - - - 7f~ Just lean on the Ev - er -last -ing arms SH4— P4 — ^-s — P — t — F — t— Fa-- F4— r-* fc — Is — pff-| hp 1 P 9 9 9- 0— H- h hp 1 p — - p Just lean on the £-*» J A « — £— ?f — pAgj- Ev -er -last-ing arms, s- I V J V J Just lean on the Ev- er -last-ing arms; — h- h— h — h — h — h—h» P •— zptzft. t2=t2=t2=t3=t3=P?=F=!?= Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory. No. 19. G. D. McN. I'm So Happy gj— g_ j ■ f ' ■ j — i— :^.-l:i— '— I— 3—ijr— I — $— 1*~ 1. I'm so hap -py since 1 have found the Saviour, And He 2. I'll keep singing the grand old gos-pel sto - ry, Of how 3. Soon I'm 20-ing, I can't stav here much lons-er, To live . A A A A A A A :_A A A_ ^^^-4:-* * * A-^-A— 1 A A A A A A A — H G. D, McNair -^ 1 * A is lead - ing me He keeps me from in heav-en with -i* — a a_ ±=t=Z * — -I A A 1 P— h— P— F= _g — 5"_ » _g_i a bless- ed fa-vor, on to glo- ry, Him grows stronger, -A A A — A A A A ~~p D t> ' D.S. Hal -le - lu - jah, I feel Hi3 pres-'ence near me, Fine all of the way, to a;lo -rv;Now I'mliv-ing with -in His go -ing a-stray,oh,praiseHim;He is with me to help me Je- sus for aye, oh, elo - rv; Ev -'ry mo-ment my faith in _. — a "m 3 — ----- , A — A — a 1_a — a_ ffS-b--— ■ — >- — ■ — 2 — ~ — F* — i — f- — t— •-B — t- fe-^=:fc:==:d=:=d: day. That's why I'm hap - py, hap - py, ev - 'ry ev • 'ry pass 1 J h * ing day. il| :g: Z=£z -ft— g- r- ^ Chorus IP M' zzr^zr: ==£=£ CT# <* i? v y I'm *=t *3 s» :i — i u ^ P so hap- py in this, gos - pe! way, am oh, so hap - py in this old gos • pel way to glo - ry, A A A rA A A - At if" A -^ ■i 1 9 ft (-,■ ft ft K h ** 1 M. w • — 1» — « — » — i 1 ' \~ 1 « ft — <p- 2^=: ft et 1 W 1/ Serv :fi- -d — ah £-- £- -3z D.S. =3=*=te 1/ V 9 - ing Je- sus, from Him I'll / -y V y V V not stray; Serv-ing bless - ed Je- sun, from Him I will not stray, no, nev • er; §-\t-> £=£ — l f — •— c — F" B i- 1 * ? ^ — ~ :\ - — D: — p — p — D — f- — ^— tt>— p— t?— P — " — p— P— p^ u u . - u p y ' Copyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," No. 20. c. w. c. A Heaven to Gain Clyde W. Cox i-fH-^- F* — * — ^ — * — j) — *— F* — S — 9 — 8— F* ^ — » 1. I bave heard of a beau- ti - ful Cit - y, Far a - way o'er the 2. Man- y times in this world Pro dis -cour-aged,And it seems that my 3. The re • deemed ones of God soon will gath - er, Up in heav - en with ;S=pizz:tzzizz|i=z|s: :t=t=t=L»: -1© 0 0 }-0- S •j ^^ i — a- » * dark roll- ing sea; work is in vain; Je - sus to stay; .9.. ft. .eOi, 5#-# 0 — =H0 r~ -=F=0— fcn=E 'Tis a place of sweet rest for the wea - ry, But there's al -ways one tho't that still cheers me, And will praise Him with sing - ing and shout - ing, zfc=I=n=fc =^:=:tfc:b=^=t2=t2: ■*- -k- H -es~ Chorus. • , a>9 a»^ ,9 9 Who from sor-row and sin aremadefree. Tberethe Lamb is the light of that There's a beau- ti ■ ful heav-en to gain. When my life here is o'er, I will On the hills of bright glo- ry for ave. i will join with that throng glad- lv .k. .k. .0- .«. _k. ",*rs -•- -•- -*- -*«-«< -(»- pl=t==t==F?=P,=?=t===t=t=r:?i=2=fl==s--r±:=±:ri=i:~-==t==j f#h0 — »—)-» — * — 0 — » — 9 — •— h~^=^! — lu — H— !-• — • — » — • — » — • - 1 -&--*>- i> -H r-0f ♦ K- =%=: -y so bright,And He smiles as He sits on His throne; What a ev - er -more With the Sav-iour who died on the tree; That will '- ing our song, How we o - ver-came sin and the grave; And we'll .ft .p. .«. .«. .ft. :B" :S: ■: .t e. f: .*r^e. y- y — y — y — ?—y 9 9 9 9 *vw^* of re -joic-ing and sing- ing, When at last He shall call for His own. a glad day for Hischril- dren, And a hap- py home- corn- ing for me. ) our dear Sav-iour for- ev - er, For His won-der-ful pow- er to save. --*--*--*- -it- « -'- -6s- -v- -it- __ -*r ,-•" -k- £— fcz=ti- — i — ra — « _ 0— h0 9 p-|-z=±=±=:t=qji-|- .0 & g, 0—V-0 0 9 9 0 0- p=c--efc=£=Fp=p=p=D=p: Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory. No. 21. Wonderful Joy is in My Soul Fay WaJlington Roy L. Johnson and Herbert E. Pace v— ^-fr«— •-*—?— 3--.5L— ^— 1~ -i.~5— •- ^—*— ♦-— •-•--3 1. Since the dear Saviourcamc and saved me from the old life of sin and shame 2.1 was a sin - ner lost and straying far from the shel- ter of His fold, 3, When 1 get home I want to tell Him what His sweet love has done for me, ■=W — ft — f j g »■ — = — r — - 0 p- p .p p vp. '■ u p .p a. *■ p :=:=*=.-pz=t_t*_p:=" — i -fc- W==^ :=t5:FH' i-r^-^zrtod? ? — * — 0 — 0 — 0 — 0 — • — 1 0 — ,# — K^ 1 D. S. Won-der-ful joy is in my aoui; eas Won-der-ful peace and joy is in my soul, is in my soul; j~A — -A— * & A £ A s| £ r= =- A A m — B — #-^— •-cii.— 1~. *-- ♦•.— 3— •_- -*.— ^— *-n— «— h— *— --^ Now I can go my way re- joic ing, spreading a-broad His wondrousfame, Now I am on my way to heav-en and the bright Cit - y made of gold, And with the saints of all the a- ges praise Him for all e - ter - ni ■ ty, _ ± A A— j it & ! * r-» • *. * *— T ^bP^PP^uP^Pp I Then a -gain yon-der I'll re-peat it, sing- ing with heaven's hap- py throng, fr Ej js^C ' ' """"i & & J^ c^: - v v v v v v v v 9 V tf r Won-der-ful joy is in my soul. Won-der-ful peace and joy is in my soul, is in my soul. 0. . h P ^ J i ;jiEE|EEEEeEi^[EEEEE Chorus. D.S. ii=j — s- Glo- ry to God,the whole day long, the sto -ry of love will be my song, Erfrfr «- :p= P=E=£ :£=*: — p: gl^SlSjsa Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Clory' No. 22. w. w. Where the Flowers Bloom Forever Willie Willmurth tj:.:-ir »~ ^w* — w i r" „ 1. There's a bright and sbin • ing riv - er where flow- ers bloom for- ev - er, Just 2. Down be - side the riv - er flow- ing, the tree of life is grow- ing, In 3. On some bright e - ter -nal morn-ing, with shin -ing crowns a -dorn- ing, We're -A- -A- A- -A- ~ -A- -A- - -A- -A- ?^Z=|i=^|i=fc=!i=pgZ=gZ=?!=pu=^=zrj=n=p:— £==.— Z ::&: -& j — I 1 3 — • — -d & out a-cross the great dark di -vide; There we all shall live to-geth- er,where E -den,madefor all ofGodsrace: 'Tis a joy to singandtell it, with go - ing where the.sweet flow- crs bloom, 4nd I hope to meet you broth-er, a - -A-1 A- -A- -A- -A- /■—> 'A- -A- -A- -A- „ -A- -=■ h: :szpt=— =A=z£={:Air_-pK=i— ■< : -^ *"-■— - w_Ai_Js — % — fc_pcr3i- — i — p— p— p-Lt— r ■K -p-p-Lh— p-p— p- "5 *" t- !~1^z=^> M— n— fs— £-- r i> comes no storm-y weath-er, With Je - sus we shall be sat - is - fied. glad- ness we will swell it, This Gar- den Is a won-der - ful place, gain, and know each oth- er, Where fiow- ers shed their sweet- est per-fume. -A- m -A- -A- -A- A A -A- - £— v — l — it — k — hk — k — k — Yj — — — ™ — r Chorus. Ijlzzz -fri 1/; .v.. ■■: i P i i Hal - le - lu -jahswill be ring- ing, and the saints will all be sing- ing, Free from Will you meet me by the riv - er,wherothe flow- ers bloom for- ev - er, I Will _. >, _. -A- -A- zrzzAZz^r-JkZzEzzzzzzzzz.'s.—tizzz -F — ! P h— c" P h h ^2 z^i=izz:iz:Ej?z=»=i:?=Ep-Ep=zEiz=^=i|?==E^zzi==5=E5zzE^: sor -row and free from all care; :^_« — pzzzazz ■t— P l- -I — Lh- gtEfeit1 .miss you if you are not there. Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," No. 23. Sing Hallelujah Charles H. Huff M. D, McWhorter y \2 p \J 3 — tA A A & — — | 1 1— j m J ■ J — \-i 1 1 1 — h^ 9 s— z$ * *— L *J — it- am so hap - py as I trav - el a - long, Je - sua has 2. He's my com - pan -ion where- so - ev - er I go, Giv- ing me 3. When I'm dis - cour-aged, and so lone - ly and sad, He comes to **p-ii-4 A !A— — A A *— — 14 l*— — IA— — ft- i£.; h'A A A B j_ | p ^ _ _ ^_ p | p | y r v J — - — * — * — — ^ — ^— * — a— tj— i— 3— * 1 * * — d saved me and has filled me with song;Broth-er, comejoin me ia this peace and joy the world can- not know;That's why 1 want to tell it cheer me and His love makes me glad; Glo - ry for- ev - er, I will m * * F=£ -A »- -P — P — i tg — \-» — m — 9 — j-- '-A — F- ^ 1* 1 — V-A—A— A A A1 1ft' A : -h-Lh— h— h CD — I — P — P — P — P — P" -tr-tr --£— p- — ?=>-,- -D — i p- first* — A A ™ 1 — \-A A A A S A 3 — h Fine. -rir cho - rns of love,Sing hal - le - lu - jah, un - to Je - sus a - bove. wher-e'er I go, Sing" hal - le - lu - jah, and His true love to show, tell of Hisfame,Sing hal - le - lu - jah, to His won - der - ful name. 42. -t: Chorus. D. S. Sing hal - le - lu - jah, 'twas for you and for me. f-f" r=z==— tj=jz^=g=} ir-tr f— PC V I " U !/ W • V 1/ Sing hal- le • lu -jah, He's a won-der-ful King, Sing -a -■ — = — -p— J- le - lu -jah, let His e ■» — ,*~tti — P'F" — — — ^ ■It IA A— gsr-fc — — j --P— |. 4> 4 -■Frr«i D.S. -7d gladprais-es ring;Tell of His dy - ing on mount Cal - va ■ ry's tree, -A— R-- P— ^— P rp-r-5~t-v— p— p-^ * Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." No. 24. James Rowe He Will Meet Me at the Gate Jesse B. Hardin -Trt — x, P — h+-d — il — «—■ ii ! ^ *_$ — a — « — 4 — a— #— h — i — 9 — •--*-# — # — « _^M_ _aL _h&L _AI_ ^ _A_ -A_ .A). ™ „A.. ~ Ti— i— ,a 0 b^ 1/ u 1. With the great Com-mand-er home-ward go-ing to -that world a- bove,hap-py heav-en; 2. When I feel His might-y arms a -round me, I can sing and smile, on myjour-ney; 3. Soon will dawn the great e -ter-nalmorn-ing,then His face I'll see, my Re- deem - er; -j — £ A— A — A — A A ■ A 4--r4 A » « ^ s? 1 ^#=rz:tzztzztz:t^ P P Tru- est faith in Him each day I'm show-ing, trusting in His love, to me giv - en; Knowing that His love that sought and found me, keeps me all the while, hal- le - lu - jah: With a shin-ing crown my soul a-dorn-ing, praise His love for me, in the glo-ry; m $ $ $ $ P P fi- _ji_ -a— ztz —4 — =E -p- &_ ZAZ ZkZ p P p rtzztizz^ P P P f* p p All the way by Him I'll be at-tend-ed, for His kindness great, will be with me, Dai-ly He will guide and keep from sor-row, in the path called strait,till I see Him, 1 will fol-low on and doubt Him nev- er, to that blest es -tate,Hal-le - la -oah, - IV *i X — & A — A A — A A &— r& -A A ~ A — «~ 1 zztzztzztzili-rziszzpzzrtzz^ziEtzztzztzzilzzpzzr^j^zz^zij =^z=te=iszik=szi^kzz:^zz^=F£zzgzzgzz:pzz:zzz:tiz=dzzP— E3 tf^tfPPPPPPppp . S. And when I shall en-ter they will greet me, and with rapture great, I shall see them, Fine. e j — 3 — a—o ■_ C s> — ,*. — *-+!■- — •— ? p b b t "5" And when marching here for me is end- ed meet me at the gate, in the morning. In the glo-ry world some bright to-mor - row at the pearl-y gate,in His glo-ry. He will then,that I may praise Him ev- er, meet me at the gate, in the morning. p ft ft r> h ft ft ft£ PS W PS Jr1!*- ■*• +~ +-- -^- -♦- -1— -r- 1— -r^- ■*■ ■♦'-' •*'■' h* -*- --A — A'—* — yA-A — A — A— A . 1 r 1 1 1 Vs- m^ ■^=p=p=p=p=^--r-FN pzzfctpzzpzzpzzpzzA: But the best of all, I know my Lord will Chorus. , !ffizzzzzzz==— ^-— — — — „_SJ_. -=j — e — »- me at the gate, in the morning. .-P.--P--P :szz^zz5jz ■H- £- -<s- _qr_A tilJDij y ^ p p He . will meet me at Will be with me in the morning a ft ft n na ft ft p p =| — a— A — A — A — =!■ thegate,hal- le - lu-jah, —A— A — A — A — =| — A — A— A A— pA A A g ; g ■■ Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." He Will Meet Me at the Gate D.S. --»—#—•—(■— •— ^— »— 0 — P — •-Jq^ — <, — ^ — ^—^i V V b b u d ■ b b y u w' ' ' ' b b Where my loved ones for me wait,with a wcl-come; In the glo-ry hap-py sto -ry, fj fifi p ft ft p |S No. 25. Yale E. Payne -g — A — A — A *— r~ i V V V V The Sweetest Music y John E. Hull Z±Z^tr 1. Glo-ry with-in is well-ing,that's why I'm glad- ly tell- ing.Je - sus to -day is 2. No moro my heart is pin-ing, love-light with- iu is shin-in g,Bak - ing my path-way 3. When I gethonie to glo-ry, glad- ly I'll sing the sto - r>,Walk- ing the streets of V i V V V V V -si — 9 — =\— S • — • — • — - — « M — P- — I 1 ! — £i 1 1 1 1 !— r« -<H— « LA — A A A A— fr* c^=1zz^r. :=h: d- trirsrl PiP mine; He free-ly gives me a song of glad-ness,driv- ing a - way all sad-ness, bright; With-in,the joy-bells are 9weet-ly ring-ing, glo- ry to me 'tis bring-iug, gold; And with the mil-lions of earth a -wak-ing, glo- ry, we'll all bemak-ing ^^z^z^z^=^~hzEp=t==p=p=p=p— p=b^— tzzt— kzzs— ^=tzJ Twp -p t? fc= ■ p* h Chorus. ,h 1 /foH7 J *! — »— ?S— rH— r— ' — '— V\ — 5 r* — F=t= -9— p- ^« Mu -sic of love di -vine. Mu -sic of love and light. Mu -sic that ne'er grows old. -*- -*- P A- The sweet-est mu - sic with- in >s ring - ingf Each day it fills me with joy ^ndglad - ness, h itf^zti: » — • — *-ftr — »-l- \—i — j— • — =4t^ha — *-H* — «— «-h-! and I am glad-ly sing - ing,Won-der- ful songs of love; Mu-sic from heav'n a-b ore. driving a- way all sad - ness, Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." No. 26. A. M. P. We'll Still Sing On Adger M. Pace !=^& 1. When we get home 2. Oh, won't that be 3. No grief nor pain some morn-ing bright, a hap - py day, no tear-dimmed eyes, ST h 1 1 '- P- P- 1 Ck k k k k 1 ) — = — g— q-rgi To that good land When we get there No dy -ing there, Iz-ig-ri 3 js Is. 'a: P — f — t?" where comes no nig with Him to stay; no sad good -byes; ■A- -A- -A- \- O 0 * SP «?- -b— t3— ^— b-1 b_^b.: JbzfcdL :t3=bz=bz: -I- With all the mil To -Sizzsz: o1- =??E=3=z^ geth-er with While a - ges there Hons gone be- foregone on be- fore, our loved and owu,onr loved and own, have come and gone, have come and gone, -as- -m- -»- -as- -«- -sr 3zzfr- ^i— fcfe g=^fe=S--E:=E— g .5. We'll all be there "b— b— b— t?~P— £ with those now gone,with those now gone, Fine. -A- 4* 4^4 We'll praise the Lord We'll sing and shout In praise to Christ 1 3— g- y v for - ev - er-more. a- round the throne, we'll still sing on. bL ■— Pa — ib.— p— pzzit: For - ev - er- Chorus. k ■A N P we'll still sing on. Ten mil- lion years, ten Ten mil- lion years, ten mil- lion years,ten mil- mil- lion more, lion more, ten mil-lion more, I — «* — * — 1_ — !£ph^-rP -k k k Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory.' b— b; -b~ — i ♦ — #• o1 We'll Still Sing On D.S -A- p-B And then ten mil p U i> ■"■■ b---> lion o'er and o'er, yes, o'er and o'er, -2i— S- ^=£^=E=M=?=8=?=?=i i&z=£=pr^=£ tL— ^=»=z»iztaz=p=:tP=t3=t2= P=P=P=! No. 27. A. M. P. In Glory Adger M. Pace 1. What a joy 'twill be in glo - ry, For the ran-somed of the Lord, 2. On that morn-ing when they meet Him In His maj - es - ty on high, 3. Oh, I want to join them sing - ing In that cho-rus, loud and long, -A- -A- -A- -A- ^J=kz=ti=Ei=z:^=^— (c= its: — — t? — t? — i — i — I — I — *- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A4 :t. — t — pt — L — k — k — Ft — 1 -p — tP— c crr-3 _Q , I I | K ._. I I I „_)_, Jfo M u-\-\ \~ 1 1 — — i "I — <* -g — I— 1 *l *l 1 — j-^f-J ■9 — « — m — \-» — # 0— W \-m 1 H " \-0 1 <q vi — — -~t m — ♦ — ♦— c, 1 1 5 — cs — &—p — B_c» — «, — 3 — j«=r^_3 When they sing the grand old sto - ry, Sweet -est sto - ry ev - er heard. Shoutsof joy will rise to greet Him, Fill - ing all the earth and sky* While the bells of heav'nare ring -ing, That e - ter - nal glo - ry song. Chorus. m That will be a day of glo - ry, Io the Cit - y bright and fair; g£ 4 ^_i_p p p 3 L2 ^— ^ 4 C* * C<S—0 Sing-ing out the grand old sto - ry, Of the Sav- iour o • ver there. . ,A. .a. Mi ^pSSJ f:Mpl Copyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory,' No. 28. I'll Reach My Long Sought Home Rev. Rupert Cravens Theme by J. C. W, J. C. West =:±=E±=::E> zS: IE :^5: :±==1,: 1 1. Here my stay is tran -sient, I 2. Through the years I've la -bored, go ■ 3. With the jour - ney end * ed, IU1 4. Those who left me lone - ly in VTaH*- -■V=V- am on ing at be hap this 'World -> — ri — — ifc Hfc— EgzEE ly pass - ing through, the Lord's com -mand, py, glad, and free, of death and pain, ? — h — ^ — Pi — P — t^-zb— =s- g~i~— il — ^ — ^ — ^ s * I've a home much bet-ter wait- He has led me gent-ly o,- In the home of glo - ry Je Now a -bide with Je -sus,and ^zz^±±-±-±~ ing ver ' sus I'll -1a — * — 1a out hills has meet be -yond the and des -ert pre-pared for them once a -gj — a — ii — fe=5zz5^=g=g-^=^=:^-l3=:p==l2--p=tez|P--_i biue;Ev'- ry day I'm sand; I have passed the me;Tliere with all ro- -gain;We shall live in -£=£♦—£—£-=:£= — * — - — ^ — -?— — , — rr ^^ -«- ••- -s>- sought Fine. homo, •J -»- -«- y !/ near-er, as the jour-ney I pur-sue, mile -stones on the road to glo- ry-land, Soon I'll reach my lon§ deemed ones I shall shout the vie- to - ry , glo -ry as in peace with Him we reign, * _*P| -A- !' £*— £zz£ Jzt2_Pa— I — -— zl~zz*z: :*zz*nK— zzziL u 11 .;,;:;— g==^=p-[ig=°=P-p—E=j=JE^=:— Chorus k— :&— P— IN" ^ mmMimMmm? At -•- set ■ ting sun I shall ■o- be go 1/ ' V: : V ing, shall be go S£ -y y ing, &- h -fc -b l^=m=i='=i=i= --45: To my sweet home .*-. .A- A .._-£ Jt it it a -A- _±*_ -5- p 7 1/ y y cross the foam, a -cross the foam; _t - -— H*~:='*:=i==*— — -=— -=~*: ^^zzzfc it J=tP Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." I'll Reach My Long Sought Home J> — 4^-ti- — p ft i LS^ *, 5 4 J J3 -H h«|-— -gl My heart with joy is •a- -2 — &- ver - flow - ing, o ffcq D.5. 1/ V ver - ilow -ing, $=£ P P- p=fi: y 1/- t g No. 29. Goodby James D. Vaughan'. it j=J=j=N se =t * --«" 3 ■-Jr— ur£— "l. Sav - iour, bless us as we part, Fill our souls with love di - vine"; 2. If » on earth no more we meet, Let us meet at God's right hand; 3. Here's my hand that I'll be true, For that bless -ed home pre - pare; 4. That will be a hap - py time, When for - ev - er free from pain; 5. While e - ter - ni - ty rolls on, And new glo - ries e'er un - fold; p— v ]=£=& te JL. £ £=£=£=^=f*k its: -I — p — \j-\- SE £: jOa SgiNiifc Com-fort ev - 'ry trou - bled heart, May Where we shall each oth - er greet, 'Mid Will you prom - ise me that you Will In that pure ce - les - tial clime, All We shall greet our loved ones there , On we feel that we are Thine. the glo - ries of that land. meet me o - ver there? our friends we meet a - gain. the streets of shin - ing gold. Good - by, good - by, Good - by,good-by,dear friends, good-by, on earth we meet no more; no more; ^P £ :ir i*' f £=&£=££ I --£- £ rir-r I^^^P J-r-4- m r Good - by, good - by, Good - by, good-by, dear friends, good-by, rrr f £ f=F -J- £=fr we meet on heaven's shore. bright shore. t.T:n 11,' ' t=t iiiii fc'> K EEEEEEE Junes D. Vanghan, owner. No. 30. I Wiil Not Be Left to Travel Alone Adger M. Pace J Monroe Mobbs -a- -a- \j -9- J When the time shall come for me to go from this world of wick-ed- ness be- low, 2. When the sun turns dark,the moon tarns red and the trumpet sound wakes up the dead, 3. When the saints shall leave this world of sin, on a shin- ing cloud of glo - ry.then, Etefes zzwz :^=^: I mil cot ba left 6_il_3fc -1-fe. :=]: to trav -el a • lone; I will not be left to trav -el a - lone, a - lone; fczzg— I— S= :g- ^=g=g — ^ — P=Fr— "-— £ h^^^4-$^=^^^ES^^^^ For my Lord will sure- ly pi- lot me till I cross the dark and storm -y sea, In the twiuk-le of these mortal eyes.with the Lord, I'll rise up in the skies, For with them I'll ride a-cross the blue to the land where livesthe good and true, ^ Ell— ^ij_fe=p :p=3 D. S. I will rise a- bove this wicked world and. go sweeping thru the gates impearled __^__ . .. Fine „ES =*e 3S=S==fe^Efe*. -ad — 1 — 3 thsl: _-& Si I will not be left to trav - el a - lone. I will not be left to trav - el a • lone, a - lone. Chorus. _£a__2 n — h — ^ — ^ — ^— =b- I will not be left trav-el a -lone, I will not be left to trav -el a • lone, to r> J> .* <h i ■— ■— p- -r-g — ■— -F" -+-r — H t F^^-P- Copyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," I Will Not Be Left to Travel Alone -&>--&- D.a. w i « \ 8 s c 5 u r i u With the dear-est Friend " I ev • er have known With the dear - est Friend I ev - er have known, have known — 'I — £ — * — a — fc^li — a — a— -&— Ffc~ vmtmc No. 31. J. E. Rankin God Be With You W. G. Tomer is -a — s — £ — J— f— ual — ^r~S — uai- 1. God be with you till we meet a -gain, By His counsel guide, up-hold you, 2. God be with you till we meet a -gain, 'Neath His wings se-cure-ly hide you, 3. God be with you till wemeet a-gain, When life's per- ils thick con- found you, 4. God be with you till we meet a-gain, Keep love's banner wav-ing o'eryou, | | Jk. -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- A- — „ — a — * — a— *— hi- — I l*-S-ht — b — b — b — b — tr~ h^-*- ■#*—#- *fczfc -j \ h ;- h— ^=?5=fe z — s_^s — « — m — w — rf=|=f5 =£=£=: ::£=:£: ? :4=q: ■*T V V With His sheep se-cure-ly fold you, Dai - ly man - na still pro -vide you, God be with yon till we meet a-gain. Put His arms un-fail-ing ronnd you, Smite death's throafning waves be-fore you, 5- i — i yMJ\'r/$r£-t-^M Till we meet, till we meet, till we meet at Je-sus' feet; Till we meet, a-gain, till we meet; •A- 1^3 £fc£ Ai-A- A -A. .A- -*i -A- A14-AJ fl J h to ! g=^t=ztzto=tfc ■Ifc* 14 -A- H q=q: to: SEEES-EI^— :tzHEE^tz=n=z!!zEi: -1=5 f fcMr * #= F-"? las Till we meet, till we meet, God be with you till we meet a-gain. Till we meet, a-gain, .A- -a± .a- -A- A A- A^ -A- -A- „ 1 ^z^-trt-r-i #— #-P— d m :^: X: £=£ :fcf-_L_Lk— k=F=ti=tft= S=£ No. 32. Lon Craddock Wake Up, Christians M. H. Hodges — j— I— *—*—?=&--*— ^i—3—± --%-$ ■4-T- 1 1. Sin is all a -round us as we trav - el life'sroad, 2. He has called the har-vest,but the reap- ers are few, Oh, let us 3. If we have been faith-ful, and are saved by His love, 3 S - b~4 *•" :* — i* — '* — * — * — n — D — '^ — ^ — E — I* ~P D P P~~"C> P. Wake up Cnris-tians,work for the Lord; wake up, Chris-tains, work for the Lord of glo - ry; >• Al A) n# A A A ___ A ■& ■v — P — y — ■- — P=— y p— :1 $=*££ -4 — + *=«=*=^ .JJ If we do His will He'll sure- ly light-en our load, If we fail Him here, in judg-meut what will rce do? Oh, let us We will have a man-sion in that Cit - y a -bove, t-^-t--^-%-^~^=^-4=^^ ,_-£=£=&= g=& y— V— L D.S.To the lost and lone - ly. let His mes-sage be heard, s Fine Chorus. P_=^3^fiii==^ Wake np, Chris-tians,work for the Lord, wake up, Chris-tains, work for the Lord. Oh, let us > f> 3 11*- *- - - S — A — A — m — * — a — ,* ±-_;n:_t:_f: L 0 0 0 L. _ ^W- £& 3 — *=F* — i — * — g — 5 I is Wake up, Chris*tians,work for the Lord, wake up, Cbris-tians, work for the Lord of glo > ry, * sr :p: ^ UP -hi "PtJ y y -y | p * c I, Copyright, 1948. by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Clory" Wake Up, Christians £=±M&: -fc— *- D.S. ES=^^= Wake up Chris-tians.trust -ing the word; Wake up, Chris-tains, trust -ing the word of Je - sus; a 4 ai_ « « d r . a. _«, j § wn — * *. se a, A — No. 33. £EK=^ -- — gi — « — ^ j-p — pg. [- — ^ — j_ — What A Friend We Have In Jesus JOSEPH SCRIVEN. Charles C. Converse. _m i> U K . ■ . rv 41 £ ■h- iF3? 3t s« 1. What a Friend we hare in Je - sus, All our sins and griefs to bearl 2. Have we tri-als and temp- ta- tions? Is there trou-ble an -y -where? 3. Are we weak and heav - y la - den, Cumbered with a load of care? K s— t-t— C— i v=t t—i—r-^n^ g ¥=P=^^=£ TT~b P U=g= ^ J I J B J * 3 i a r IS tff 4r~L-3r-t 3F What a prir - i - lege to car - ry We should nev-er be dis - cour-aged Pre-cious Sav-iour still our Kef - uge, Ev - 'ry-thing to God in pray'rl Take it to the Lord in pray'rl lake it to the Lord in pray'rl m * £==£ £- ^=fc*= « w=&- $=£ *=*: S F 1 — l> [> b l> &H i i J' J1 m m ffiH^ O what peace we of - Can we find a friend Do thy friends despise, ten for - feit, 0 what need-less pain we bear, bo faith -ful Who will all our sor-rows share? for-sake thee? Take it to the Lord in pray'r; M SSE 3l a pp| i ati 4i ^3 t^ fa* ^ All be-cause we do Je - sus knows our ev - In His arms He'll take not car - ry 'ry weak-ness, and shield thee; m *=£ rK i= — r ££ Ev - 'ry-thiug to God in pray'rl Take it to the Lord in pray'r. Thou wilt find a sol - ace there. "t> b t> p b No. 34. Rev. Walter E. Isenhour The Inner Voice R. G. Wilkins — ^ 9—--* 1. An in - ner voice is speak -ing 2. The in - ner voice is bless- ing 3. The in - ner voice is tell - ing ♦- so sweet- Iy to my soul, my heart from day to day, me I should watch and pray _— — _ a — . a A ^ fa$fc==b« p i * E : C -i~ :p=^F -A *— -m =£*=& &-<-4 And bids me keep on seek ■ And bids me keep on press- I feel its sweet im - pell - .IN -*- -*- JN ■ >- > ing ing ing 9 9 +1 *~^~~J jqH— -^ — -3 — 3 — #z=:"^ un - til I find the goal; a - long the heav'n-ly way; a - long the glo - ry way; * — r± * a *■ — *-; — "I p=-f-=-=fc=!:= fc-] ^EE2£ESEElEE :3£ i yond this world of sor - For there's a home a - wait Where man - y saints and sag czp.— 1}£=£=:£— z^zzzzpsiz w w u y y. row, ing - es where just by saints in faith >>- -r'l -M—\ heart- for ev - er reign, the by and by, have hum- bly trod —I j A- *■!-, — =z=p=£=pJ aches and no sighs, Fine. And where a glad to - mor Where there's no sin nor hat effl£ Thru- out the by - gone a 'k — & — ^ — ji — ges -,♦- b: will and and ■£=£=$=!=: «i — ■ :5==P==n: set me free from pain, not a care nor sigh, made it thru to God. -»- -*- -*- . ■f -f rr -b ♦ P=^jc- Where saints are in God's keep- ing, and glo - ry fills the skies. r^=^=I=f5=^=- The in - ner voice di - vine - ly, is bless -ing day by day, The in - ner voice so di - vine - ly, t—t—t—t—1- *ttg=#=$z=$=7=g: a. .*. i. .^- .^- >. -* 'a * — h 1 1- !*- -*■•- — 3 =5= :d: :p=5= 1 Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in" Gospel Glory " V PV- The Inner Voice CF^— r m— j — . V -4- D. A'. And ev - er sweet and kind - ly, leads up the shin -ins; way; And ev - er sweet and so kind - ly, -t—t—t— t—t--t—t— £- Ft3E j=jz=£T £ HE :; *==?=* _az:zzzzn —_ _ — No. 35. God Plans the Best for Me Lizzie DeArmond G. Kieffer Vaughan Kaui-et — i_l_h _. y_ _^„ — l j_-uS 1 — *(— F«r— *^ — n 1 — — i— - A -H £f =£-«— L«--jv* — <£■ h — L"ji_U" — ,5, — 9 — l0i — 0 — o__ ,_Jj^__^ S-J 1.1 can-not tell, I do not know What in the fu-ture days may be, 2.The( pres-ent time is all I own, If troub-les come my Lord is there, 3. So on my way I joy-ful sing, His hand di- vine is hold-ing me, A rA- * £s - I r F~ — * — si A 1 ; try- a -3-F— ■ j I — I tec" r r inr 3 1 — c«--^— ^|— •— * * — °~ ^— ^-^ — «—•—■- # — S-° If joy or pain my lot be - low, God plans the ver - y best for me. I do not bearthem all a - lone, He lifts my heart a - bove de-spair. What e'er the com -ingyearsinay bring, Godplansthe ver - y best for me. — F — rA- — «, c2s r* — & & A — r£-~tA — — I ri- g=fcbi=Iz=!r=p=-Etczzr— t— fcfcS =s=rr:piz=irz=S] — tzzfc1 — fc— frzB Chorus. !tzi^-^=^=^=--T-: -tori *=&= 3d God plans the ■ best, He cares for me. In ev - °ry thing His love I see, ■it" "^T "TW ^_ "I-" "h" "f©- "I*" in. -|»- :c=ty._-^: EEE=±— gz=b -w- — w- ■p — y- — I- 4>- $=3: «- — + -SB r-«- R 1- -i k«- — ^ — H — , , :|s=E|si=q— 5-i-F*zr^ t~ \j— *— * -2 -^-fri ^a=a=3EEgpfe-f God plans the best,what -e'or be - fall, I'm safe with Him who knows it all. >- -*f J5 J . i ■'■■• . -*- V -♦- -^ :p=^: -a- liiiH Copyright, 1929.G. Kieffer Vaughan, owner. :|i=(ri No. 36. When We Reach Our Home in Glory Rev, Rupert Cravens 4^—* J. C, Cooper 1. Press a - long and meet each test, soon will come the day of rest, 2. Life up there will sweet - er be, liv - ing with the saints so free, 3. Loved ones of the days of old, we shall meet on streets of gold, -A- -A- -±- -A- fct*=fc _* -pi_JCL_^ .* fi m fg- -_t2=t3=t:z=:t5z=b=i=t3=^ :=^=#:F3===3=F^=fe=M-^-n r b+jL-b P® -j±drA m Keep your eyes on heaven's homeland in the sky: Ev - er trust the bless-ed Lord, In' the glo - ry light of heav-en.nerer to die; Dreams ofhome will all come true, Brok-en ties will there be mend-ed in the skr; We shall see their smiles once more, ,<-7 -a- -■«- -■- F-_-t_r_t: :- — + m * »— f— £— f— • 3--rt-— ~— P— i-t-— F— £— "— f— ~— ^~1 — b Ft* -£H "^^ -^ feast up- on His Ho- 1? word, Till ( and the jour-ney will be thru. When we reac'a oar home in glo -ry by and by. on the shin-ing glo - ry shore, ± -«- f- 'St: -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- +-- v— t-1r_4r ■ t: -p— <z_. -W- -B- -S3- -k Jfc tc fe k k K— rk k k k k- k 1 (ST1 F ^~ t Chorus. Press a - long and look to heav - en, where the crown will soon be giv - en, JL 4_ -0, — «■ fct^^tzt^^dhfaj h t>. h -- --- -«- p_- _i (_. 0 p I tz=t=t==t=t=q \> P b bb -pr 0-p-r Lay up treasures in the Cit- y in the sky; Nev- er faint nor fall a- wea-ry .*__,e_^_ tOpSEr31^5 t533 *=fc=fc=fc= t) -ft I p j* ti j> t 5SE£?^EEbHEB3EEe M CoDyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," When We Reach Our Home in Glory 3 it— A Christ will keep when days are drear -y, We shall reach our home in glo- ry, by and by. b b f No. 37. U U v [) p Light From the Middle Cross adger m. Pace. 1. On a lone hill - side three were cru - ci - fled, And to - day, and to-day 2. There between two thieves, for the world Hegrieves, What a load, what a load 3. Je - sua bled and died on a lone hill -side, Just tomake, just to make 33 5=^ r =t I i*M ±3 JUL 33 1H= =§* V- *J * » I see, I see One in an-guish toss, from the mid -die cross, There's a has He, has He; Whilethe one re-viled,yet, the oth - er smiled, There's a men free, men free; Oh, be -lieve to - day, and you too can say. There's a / ,&• A . A A_! 3 L^—- a E£ B - r r i 2=iG p p i 1 p p~~ 1 r r D. S.— Je -sus paid the loss on the mid -die cross, Fine. Chorus. , 3=t * # T31 i= tir g -~F=£= f=F ^=^ CJ *^ " III Light, for me. There's a Light bless -ed there's a Light, for me. There's a Light, g jg: £^^ A J: jt & f#^i *=r gg is fcst s ^ D.S. £^£ v — I ^r ^ Light, From the cross I see; bless - ed Light, From the cross I see, I see: Jfe. --JL . _ fe -far V y^g=fc^ •A # rf^MNI COPYRIGHT, 103 G, ADOBE M. PACE, OWTiTEB. No. 38, When We Hear the Welcome Bells E. E. W. E. R. Ward Ffc is=r^ tt y * ■ ^ -3. * 1. There's com-ing a 2. Such won - der - ful, 3. So let us be A A A- A ££ £: hap - py glad to - mor-row, af - ter our joy - ons sing - ing,shoat-ing, when we shall read - y, wateh-iug, wait- ing, when the dear ± & ==*=£ ±=~ t— 1— -t E^£ S F P • p -K k- 4Vr 0 P P :*#^=£±§ ?*-t^- -f-iTi -•3 — 9 ' y p " " "" " *v " ■ r ^ p toil -ing here is o'er, oh,glo - ry,And old death has lost its sting,iost its sting; near that peaceful shore,in glo- ry.Witb our Saviour,Lord and King,Lord and King; Lord shall come a-gain,from glo-ry , And our tributes to Him bring,to Kim bring; w m % m -7-p-p- 9SB $=:£: =* &E£= -«- -*- And we shall be free from pain and sor - row, go • ing with There'll be no more sin and no more doubt-ing, heav - en is With Him we shall go with ju - bi - lat - ing, ev - er with ~: m * m f" fA A : A A A A A- D. S. For er with te 3= sus, our Ee - deem -er, prais -ing Him 4-* * 3 ii «— tL— W-h a. ; :EH: :P: -d nd: -45 CSIff tt =1 — I — ff- '^3 Christ to heaven's shore, Dp yon-der, ours for - ev - er-more, oh. praise Him,When we hear the welcome bells ring,swoetlj ring. Him to live and reign , in heav-en, V IN f\ I k . I . A ' JN ;— * SSSF 9 533 :*"-4» •>♦- -L-- -#■ I • as we march a-bout, in heav-en, Chorus. 1 — =T I P— g— ^ -W -r) -J J -d- KE5 tafcgzzz*: Hear the bells ring out, When we shall hear the wel - come bells ring out, *.:'** IN fS IN IN .IN :t: :t: -b--^ =J Copyright. 194S, by James D.-Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," ft iJ & %£E3 When We Hear the Welcome Bells ft— £-=£= D.S. ft rft- « Hi Glad and hap - py shout; We'll raise a song of joy and hap - py shout; p. .£ J> J> ■Hfctt g — i — w_jzrzz=: P=r=tcr±=t=& -f^- g — fcs No. 39. WM. Hunter, D. D. I Feel Like Traveling On James D. Vaughan. 2fc bkgz & -|- -i— i. -i — i — _k» -§ — L ■t- 1. My' heav-'nly home is bright and fair, I feel like trav-el-ing on; 2. Its glir-t'ring tow'rs the sun out-shine, I feel like trav - el - ing on; 3. Let oth - ers seek a home be -low, I feel like trav - el - ing on; 4. The Lord has been so good to me, I feel like trav-el-ing on; - "1 Tl §£rf * -P- t: :|t=:t= p. jfL -h- ^mm ®E-J -\- =» ~J — -J- -• •- 4— L te^t * Nor pain, nor death can en- ter there, I feel like trav-el - Thatheav'nly man - sion shall be mine, I feel like trav- el - Which flames de-vour, or waves o?er- flow, I feel like trav- el - Un - til that bless- ed home I see, I feel like trav - el - ing on. ng on. ng on. ng on. i -t- > |A. £=£= fcfefefoft t=l=P=P= • -I — r I Chorus. t©-- Yes, I feel like trav - el - ing on, f=tr- trav - el - ing on, I feel like trav-el - ing y , .. . on; Myheav'nly home is bright and fair, 1 feel like trav-el - ing on. trav-el-ing on; £££ f-^^-f V Ccpyrigrbt, 1936. by Jamea D. Vasshan, renewal. No. 40. Going to the City Fair Millard A. Glenn A. J. Burchfield 1. When we hear the trump-et sound-ing in the sky, And we see the 2. It will be a joy to meet Him on that day, And go home to 3. Oh, I would not miss it friend,tor all the gold, And for all the , -A- » -■£:- -A- -4- -A- -A- =^£3==}nz£— [jzz£=j£:==»=»=±*— •— £z±; T" -bJ—- J- Sav - lour com-ing from on high, All the saints will rise to meet Him in the air, glo - ry land with Him to stay; With our friends and lornd eaesthero no more to die, wealth that this old world can hold: 1 have set -tied all with Je -sus to gothere, -*- -jfc- -jSs- fe— -I- 1 f 1 1* 1 r-l* 1* 1 S ^ ^ ^ * y 0 . J_ L^ Chorus. 3=F«= j=3=lit ir -4- we And go home to live with- in the cit - y fair. When It will be a grand home-com-ing in the sky. Won't you meet me broth- er, in that Cit- y fair? When we see Him §z===? ^=^=b — i=S= E=Etz=:t=SEb _,_ / i / i ==£ =3==$=iz^ 3= see Him on a cloud of light, With His an - gels com-ing on a cloud of light, With His Ho - ly an -gels in their ^f— 4 ^ 41— —- L4 ■ 4 4 4 L4 ; in their glo - ry bright,Broth - er, will you join us glo -ry bright, Broth-er will yon join that meet- ing in the Jlijj J1 - La J ^ |g:fe^ -♦ — * -P=tP ES=a=fEEfefe 1=- * 1=1= Copyright,i94S, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory," Going to the City Fair V to in the air? Go - ing to that Cit - y bright and fair, air? Go - ing home to glo - ry in the Cit - y fair. =- 1 -•- # z==|=i^=5=:^S=5=S=^£=f=:^ No. 41. Lead Me Shepherd HENRY H. TlLSON. JAMES D. VAUGHAN. S^i SH=* =t =1: ±7 r_r *=±$ S=£ 5 1. Lead me through the fields of sun-Bhine, And 2. Lead me, Shep-herd, through the val -leys, Lest 3. Lead me through the night's grim shad-ows, To # ? 1 ""_ rft -f £ ^L the pas -tures green; I go a- stray; the per - feet dawn; 9-4 P gis I ^=P E E -J= On Thy arms of love and mer Lead me, kind - ly Shep-herd, lead Of the day to- which we're hast- m £eM • cy, Let me, To 'ning, Lead me ev - er lean, the per - feet day. me kind - ly on. :|: P- 55 Chorus. BE =± :a: * §te Lead me, lead me, Lead me, lead me, gent - ly lead p. p. ft ? rfi fL 0 Thou bless -ed One; m -f- -« ~IA eSII &F t=t=t H & :=t Lead me, lead me, Lead me, lead me, ev - er lead Lead =*=* M^N^MM^ me, -&* — u me gent - ly on.* Junes D. V&nffhan, owner. 1924. No. 42. F. R. Let The Light Shine On Me Fred Rich !' 1. Thru this sin - ful world I jour-ney.dan-gers thick on ev - 'ry hand, 2. Lord, I want my life to be a light to oth- ers here be - low, 3. Lord, I know that I'm a fail - ure, for with- out Thee I would fall, in ,— — ^-A A A A A A_ r^1 f- P A A •» ^±g:=*=±}» — * — s — !* — * — *■ * u— Fp — p — p- l,j I* * W P P Lord I pray that thou wilt draw me close to Thee, close to Tnee; When in dark-ness stay thou ver - y close to me, close to me; Yes, I know that all my help must rome from Tnee, come from Thee; IN IK | a — a a — • — * — a'_J^- — :■: Js. HHxi 1 r* • — ' * — h h n * — F* ±=&=$=fy==$=z 9r_zJt :gE3=t=: For I need some one to guide me, thru this wear- y troub -led land, Give me grace to meet each tri - al as I press a -gainst the foe, Guide me safe- ly through each tri - al, be Thou now, my all in all, -k- -k- -k- A # — A A A A A A ,_- \- A A _ fe»ztr1r — I — r 1 — ' 1 f — f — t — t — tr — t: fc. fc — ~t — J * P u P P u p P U r ! D.S.On the mountain, in the val-ley or wher-.ev » er faP R --H* A A — -™ 1 1 ~ — ™ — r-^l- may be; Fine Let the bless-ed light from hear • en shine on me, shine down on me. A A A- -A A A ^_ y — b»— Ly — v-— P — P — - — - -— .__Ai__ Jl_4 m Chorus r * p p p r Let the bless • ed light fromheav - en shine on me, shine on me, -k- -k- -k- I «V--fe- A_c^ , 3=p p— "p: :P=E*==y==£: Copyright. 1948. by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." Let The Light Shine On Me Guide m« safe- It till I cross the mjs - tic rs "IS f\ sea, mvs - tic sea; ^5^=8~EB:==b-=d-:*-=^=:-P:::-s:=:iz"==E*!::::r"»::-z^ — •— No. 43. J. M. HENSOM. Be Still And Know W. H. Nelson. mnu,{ ±^m=^m^ 1. Fear not, 0 soul, a -long life's way, Tho' rough the path that thou dost plod; 2. God is thystrenghin time of need, A pres-ent help when troubles come; 3. He mak-eth wars and strife to cease, The spear He cute, the bow He breaks; 4. The Lord is with thea on thy way, Fear not the path that thou must plod; £ i=£ ££ * Si B« PsR ^ £$ rs=^ v — y — y-7 I— I It: 3=^= £ *N 'it * 3 f I Let not the winds thy soul dis-may,"Be still and know that I He is a wondrous friend in-deed, And guides His trust-ing chil • He bring-eth ev - er • last • ing peace, Thesleep-ing na-tious He Take heart and press a • long each day, Be still and know that He £=£ g=fr-tr b E 1^=^=^ s * am God.' dren home. a • wakes. is God. Chorus. JV £=fc fe£ "Be still and know that I am God, Be still and know that A- .Ai -A _a A- -Ai IS I ^fa am God;" P* -k Ia V=&=v g'U-U. p b 'r LJ LU i b b — b a r FT^ When cares dis -may, I hear Him say, "Be still and know that -A -A At say^ am God." A A- A^- ~ A-^A-AAAj-AAi?- P=P=^= COPYRIGHT, 1S35, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN. No. 44. Arr.C. T. My Lord is Watching Over Me New Arr. by Curtis Taylor ME -L« a « — S z^=^ -fc-r -W -9~ i 1. Oh, I 2. I am 3. When my -A feel bo glad to - day, I'm shout- iog on the sure He loves me too, be - cause His word is voice n© more you hear, dear friend don't shed a way, true, tear, I know &S my Lord i9 watch-ing o Al jfc- ver me, yes, o » ver ■ 8 — |zz=gz=p=PL- S EH H ±=t M— i » « b l> b "P~~cr $5: t*f->4 ■■..£& 1 SS£ t) And His lov - ing voice I hear in tones so sweet and clear, I will ev • er do my best to win in ev - 'ry test, For I'll be on heav ■= en's shore where sor - rows are no more, 7T & A r|4 a * ±- — m tm-- :Jk=|£=±|5: y ■ u u D. S. Where-ao - ev r- =e=t $=EP=S= II tefe — te .-rszzca er -fi &L- I may be, on land or on the sea, k k h. s. Fine. -P P & n P— -ft- £ ^3q H Oh, I know my Lord is watch-ing 0 - ver me5 yes, 0 • ver me. fcrzEf =t2=t2= £ Chorus. *=f M $=$==£ — its — Tx-zfe: iS=\ § rhrj=g & 1 know my Lord, is watch-ing me, E know my Lord is watch-ing me, . „ .J J j fc . , . J? J> J* I 1. rf p=e=F=5=^ Copyright 1948 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "gospel glory.' r My Lord is Watching Over Me :^=$=^— :£: -&— £- D.S. e; — -?-— -*— -i— S— * ' ^ ^ p p Bf f ; And ev-'ry- thing I do He'll sure -ly see, He'll sure -ly see; h h ru 3E No. 45. James Rowe. Tell it Everywhere You Go W. B. WALBERT -J I I U_ . & £ :i -J — L ^__4ZJ— iUg— g-f -j— a|-Z3| Fi * -a- • s>— t/ -i- » ' - '■■" - ; " [J £> p 1. Je - sus3avesfrom sin, mak-eth pure with-in, Sal -va-tion free He doth be-stow; 2. Je - sus keeps the true, leads themsafe-ly thru, And hides them ev -er from the foe; 3. There are mansions bright in a world of light, For all who do His will be-low; r> r> r> •A- -£- -A- -A- "A" -A- -a- -a- -A- -A- m -A- -A- p=t =£=£=£ * 1 ^fc -F- -y- > — A — fczp=p: £=£: _*- trlr t— r-t— t 1 :i £ 4- i^ All will be re-ceivedand of guilt re-lieved, So Cheers them on their way to the land of day, So And for - ev - er there they the crown shall wear, So * i -P— §- r^_^_Uf^ tell it ev-'ry-whereyou go. tell it ev-'ry-whereyou go. tell it ev-'ry-whereyou go. A £ I4_ U U I I Chorus. 1— r -A- P * — ♦ — L* — i — .♦ S= -£_J_ ntfi l—f <^-! EE Oh, tell it out, Oh, tell it out and sing it out, -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- e -A- -A V And let :t=t: -A- V I) the weak and way-ward know; fS & -A- -A- - -A- 5=y= '^=k=fk^p=t ^-rf<d* w s iee — § — ± it ev-'ry-whereyou go. ?— f-vr-f — Lf-f— r Oh, sing and shout, And tell Oh,sweet-ly sing and glad- ly shout, b m -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- » -A- -A- -*■ i tIF- -a- £=5=P=E u P WO. Wrlbert. owner. 1920. No. 46. C.F. I'm Holding to His Hand 1. I'm walk - ing with my Lord a - long this pil - grim way, 2. Tho all my friends for - sake and leave me lone and sad, 3. Al - tho the path be rough and bur - dens bend me low, Mi>4 ia: :E?:=?_=£=fzi=:t==:t j-A— IA A A a- a- W — gz±-j — j — g — J — a_^ — *,_ t That leads me to that bright, bet- ter land; More firm- ly for my Lord I will stand; I'll do my best, and He'll un -der-stand; And as I jour-ney on, And ev-' ry - where I go, And what- so -e'er may come, -1- - -a »- -*rp-f ~ ■-? — &- P P — # — i P — i — fe> — 6^ — & — p -A A "p 'D p~ tr -14 A IA^ — -p— p—r— s Fink — *— U — 3 — ^—5—^—f — t^ — 3 — » — ? — *=^— 1 3_^T_] He leads me day by day, He'll keep me free and glad, I'm hold - ing to His might-y hand. I'm safe with Him I know, fzz*=tp— p— p^p==*=*:z^=^=— p3=p=:==E^=*-i t~P7"V Chorus. h n k id — j= — ♦ — c Jl __zp Li 6j — q — 3 a h" A A J-' A- -i : * 1^ ^ ^ -^ ^j_ J I,/ I I I'm walk - ing now with Christ my bless - ed Lord, I'm walk-ing each day with — A- t: A- ^*t> ! ! \A * A ! L4, a A— — l-u 1-. ^ h-i- feSE p y ^_=_ _n_._ P__D ;i -e 'EN — * — ^ — ^ *— — J p i ' " " v r And talk • ing with Him on this high-way grand; And talk - ing yes, with Him -A— • — * A A A— wm spzh-— I t==±=:tz5g— £=E— 1£ -' |- jfc A A ' A A IA- P— P— P— P- y p p p p Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Clory" I'm Holding to His Hand s± J>-45— & « I .-• 4 H~ 4 A D.S. b- :± L^_ 4f I'm trnst - ing in Hia bless - ed Ho - ly word, I'm trust-ing yes, in His i^g=[g 12 — * — fe — to — a — p — p — a — \ V No. 47. y •> q D l> I Shall be at Home With Jesus JENNIE WlLSOis. JAMES D. VAUGHAN. ^m PF^/i. feeling, te fr-h lP^« *=^ * 1. Years of time are swift-ly pass - ing, Bring-ing near - er heav - en's goal; 2. Aft - er all the days of wait - ing, For His voice to bid me come, 3. Aft - er leav-mg earth-ly pathways, Which my wea-ry feet have pressed, 4. Aft - er last fare-wells are spok-en, 4-A I shall meet dear ones I've known, \ S3 r-r-r j^—y-^- ffiB ^=^ P u P 3t=^32± m id — ■- iVi -P-F* # ^— ^rt: " -BST' ** Soon I'll be at home with Je - sus, I shall walk be-side my Sav-iour, I shall stray by life's fair riv - er, In the pres-ence of our Sav-iour, Eg While e - ter - nal a - 'Mid bright scenes where an- Find - ing ho - ly peace When we stand be - fore i. ges roll. •gels roam, and rest. His throne. X? I C=H= ^~rD ^-^ at Chords. m $=£ y I' hi h 1 MZJE* 3 1 — tr . O how pre-cious is the prom - ise, t* ir j £ £ £ £ tV 7-5 14^— 14 14 A 1 H 14 That with glad-ness fills £ my soul! *=& fes S! p=£=b£ h h £=£ J IZ5 3 »(- trp I shall be at home with Je - sus, While e - ter -nal a - ges rollJ i t V f f ,f -C I jjgfea s ^ =F=:g: £=£=±£ -g"ir-tr z£ OOFYBIGHT, 1008. BT JAMES D. VATTGH MJ\, I'll Live With Him Yonder Harmony by Fay Jennings No. 48. Words and melody by Jimmye Boyd -.J 1. So of -ten I've heard of the Sav-iourwho came from His heav-en a -bove, 2. He died on the cross and was bur-ied and yet He a -rose from, the grave. 3. He lift- ed me out of my sor-row and took all my bur-dens a -way. -«_ .(*. .p. .«. .fc. ^ a- "*- * *' -k -k- -k- -k- -k- ♦X^s* *- — £ — J 'i SfcK — a_l_2 X 5 5 B I_l — L«— b ■ : "D ^-- Of how He was born in a man-ger andsuf-fered to show His great love; And for- ty days walked with. His chos-en,thus show- ing His pow - er to save; He light -cd my path-way with sun -shine,gaye hope of a bright- er new day; v _k. _k_ .k. _k_ _k_ .Ci M. ftw. -i^. .k. +J .«. .^. , — v -. n -> n i 1 *-\ ■ ~m f- i ff — »-L *- -»-r **-r ■—■—■—■— a — ■— y-jr—g— • He came to re-deem the lost sin-ners and bring them back in - to The reas- on I'm tell-ing this sto- ry, He sought me andsaicd me I'm look-ing now for Hissoon com-ing to take me a-bove the _ff. .ft. .&. _e. k. .*. .fc_ _k. k. k. w. g?~Tp~rp.. '-!?■■ P~~P" the fold, one day, blue sky, :p=rp= -i»i_^. r2i=p=|=rj==-=t=t=z:tzz:t=r_p=^-j :zznb— p-pk— ^zzkZzKz=.k=it=[:b=:H~j -p-p~p-p— p P. S. I '11 walk with Him down by the riv - er that flows thrn the Cit P" of gold, Pine = .... . =j And now He is back in His heav-en, for us in -ter -ced -ing we're told. And now I amhead-ed for glo - ry to livewithmy Sav-iour for aye. Thank God, I shall live with Him y6n-der in mansions of glo - ry on high. _ -K- --K- -a,- -K- A -h— F* — • — » — » — I"- :±=ttn=g=E=a=b: k- -^ Zfcapp .*. Be :? :p=P' P=P=P= fczfcflC -#- :t=P=t2=p2=*' I'lllive with Himyon-der for- ev -er, ,ii Choms fog: in rap-ture that's nev- er -k — » been told |fti_l». t=E: I'lllive j — ♦ — 3— p»- — with =5 L — a-tasFa1— "— ' — "— *; — !JF*. — *■ u u p r p p 's. Him yon - der.When life with its troub-Ies are o'er I'll live with Himyon-der in glo - ry some-where, i §.==- ^ ^r- __. j=- W * -k "k- k- -k- -fc- k- ~ A p-p- #=* -p-p-p-p-p- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory. I'll Live With Him Yonder D.S. ■— ■HH — *— w-H f And love And love will grow fond- er i A' P= p=tcd *L I* — A- lo- i i :5: A* er for Him on that bean • ti • fal shore; so fair. fa= =j=fc£±& — 3 — ir",^l»—i— *—•—■- B-r p* — ! m$m mm No. 49. Fay Wallington » 1 - — I -Q — *-■- Jesus is His Name L. E. Teal :T- 1. When yon need a lriend,help-ing hands to 2. Whon you're pressed with care, bur- dens hard to 3. ~ lend, As you bear, You can with sor-rows past, you shall come at last, To cross ggap£==£:== _ — ^^F* ar ■ »:=A=FE — A~ Art- E— F — * H 1 * ™ 1 — jour call o -£- — i — — *— 7 ney on ver a this the long, a - long; Friend, this Friend; tide, the tide; There is He will He will * •(- one I lift your take you « — Fh 4- — t- know who load, help o'er to will you the I be on the oth - er •fr— r- ^zzzdzzzz^zr help stow, road, shore, -*- — * 9 — S-^ 1 g--M*- D.S. Till with those we -,* — ci t— love, in that Fine. Chorus. home a —I — bove, ^—^~^-^-i=^—z=z—: — * a) *- -m — I — w~ v. i i And will fill you with song, sweet On Him you can de -pend, de - There with Him to a - bide a - a?_# — ^ — 0 — 9 — ^ — song, pend. bide. ■8» — Je is His name, Crown Him Sav-iour and king, our king. S=Cj p ^ C j 3 D.S. Copyright,i948,by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory." No. 50. H. A. L. I Have No More Hills to Climb Harvey A. Lewis &tt=d£=L _J a i— g— i*^g==*:==£EidE==3 P — ^-jj — 5 — • — « — i ta — = — 3 — s— 3 j 1. Once the sin - ful way seemed right to me, 2. I am liv - ing now on high - sr ground, 3. Far - ther on I see my iu - ture home, §_.^jjX: — a, & «4 — *(£ — ;fc: — p ffi* I- — r lime, sub time, of §§i But I've had a change sub - lime, sub - lime; Par a - bove the sands of time, of time; In a land of sweet spring • time, spring-time; P .h .r> J . - £ Ik £ 3=zj=H=izt:=zz£=p=E|i: -£- 3 f=^i 1E£ ^^^1 And to - day Hap - py in There some day the this I'll „; is — ^S ±— S3SEE£EEEE£E glo - ry land, from sing 'neath light I chains un - heav -en's see, bound, dome, Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." I Have No More Hills to Climb - _3(E In this Ca- naan land sub ••- -•- . -0- -9- H- t- lime,sub P~ -— — II lime; "?Tr- a — ■ f ^— . ■ —1 |^t £=£=*=* :J=rg: But I'm look • ing far - ther on, to that land of per -0- -9- feet U.S. dawn, ~iM :^^ -r- *— — * p* 1 1 -3L No. 51. I Hear Thy Welcome Voice ^^S £=fc »P £ Rev. L. Hartsough. ft* £ 4i=r- \> i i t" ■ * 1. I hear Thy welcome Toice, That calls me, Lord, to Thee, For cleansing in Thy \ Tho' com-ing weak and vile, Thoa dost my strength assure, Thou dost my vileness d.'Tis Je-sus calls me on, To per-fect faith and love, To perfect hope, and Ifefe ME ¥=£=£ ^=^ :b: l.l k-V =y=F (2. £££. Chorus. EE! ft: £—£ -qp ■*-& -g- 9 precious blood That flowed on Cal-va - ry. ml - ly cleanse, Till spot-less all and pure. peace , and trust, For earth and heav 'n a-bove. tea £ - F- 3E it :t fc I am com-ing, Lord! Coming -A- -A- -4- -£r=- •*=■ m _1c=fc=ttz:tz: ^5 ^=P=P :tt=^z= now to Thee! Wash me, cleanse me in the blood That flowed on Cal -va - ry! k pL j gj K K r ^ f~ Is r 1 D" |2E No. 52. Chas, W. Vaughan I'll Fly Away G. Kieffer Vaughan M 1 1 1 «_) _i — J -j- ^ — 1:# m — ^ .—J ft* 1. When my Lord comes a - gain to this earth here to reign, 2. When He comes in the air, on that glad morn- ing fair, 3. Tho' His com - ing be soon, in the mora or at noon, s- -— * * r-A r-± 4 * 1 lBz:^=:zfcz=:btt=z=^z=z-!£z=:=^z==ts=z=i&izrE(£ fr E K :1 [> P \ b p i P P ' P p I flS3=E3= ^g=gzz^gz=E==E==e==E. "-PC "J: ** ♦- 'ft* On a cloud ride Then with all of Al - ways read - y fir -«< a - way, go with Him, home to stay, the blest, north and south, east and west, I'll be, when He comes back for me, zz=k==fc=te=fcrz3 P— 1>— p— p— I— * - V~r- ^ 345=1^= I'll rise and fly a - way, Go home with I'll rise and fly a - way, I'll fly a • way, Go home with :r_l-_-t-_-t-r-t_t: . _5t: .K h- -h- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." P=fr I'll Fly Away _____ ^_^__^_ ^.^^^^ .__J__J__J— -d-^ 0 9 •--* Him to stay, with Him to stay; With that snow white an-gel band, go -ing *- -*• •*- wm -»• -i»- -N : — ESf= zt_z_ -to. top_— ^F_=___-_— _rF____t=zt=&:=:E— E==f:==^ U P — h— h h- £fe__*____ii =t 3t 4- :_-i&_iz^= •J £ ~ home to glo - ry land, I'll rise =i__ZA__jt_ tz^fa_z__=: ^ L> U U and fly a « way. I'll rise and fly a - way, I'll fly -ft -ft' ft Efe. t: -ft ft ft- £:jp3B^EgEEEI^=„-zg -»- -i — znrnS~ h a-way. r No. 53. W.J.K. Lord, I'm Coming Home W.J.Kirkpatrick ^^^___^^_~^_gi_i^ f — ^t-« — y-m^- — 0 1, — 0 — ls — ■ m — 0T i--i 1 — 0 — 0__l_3^ — j 1. I've wan-dered far a -way from God, 2. I'vewa9t -ed man-y pre » cious years, 3; I've tired of sin and stray » ing Lord, 4. My soul is sick, my heart is sore, — _ — 1-±- Now I'm com Now I'm com Now I'm com Now I'm com ing home; ing home; ing home; ing home; — - _ — _ _. ,#=t=±__t: :g N Fine ?te=-d_^_.^=-=t5rSr^__5__=:— M__j=z^_jz:r_^__:— 3 |___$_c#__,__^_#_t^i-^_j? g=j. :^ -^r^r-— ' The paths of sin too long I now re -pent with bit I'll trust Thy love, be -leive My strength re -new,my hope ~ r A- ft ft rft- ft ft- '■ rft ft m » f~£s- i^zS_^i--|-zziz=^-gi L— I— q-g=p^^g-EE=g: __^zt:=:b^i_-_zz-^— ?;_E| g=fcz_z=EF— ^— U=$=±\£L~ I've trod, ter tears, Thy word, re -store, Lord, I'm com-ing home. Lord, I'm com-ing home. Lord, I'm com-ing home. LordJ'm com-ing home. _te i v 0 - pen wide Thine arma Chorus. -N 1 — j- of love, Lord, I'm com-ing home. D.S. :c=]-=_:c .1 0 0 0 0 L<Si U com - ing Nev - er - more to roam; —- _ a- 1_ r*. a*- _ r-_ & ft ft — g^___t_=l p_I_L^z=£__:^==^==:E_-Z^-:: No. 54. Mrs. J. M. Hunter Help Us in the Fight test XL Paul W. Cochran t± -H--h4- :^=^ir^= UK: :«fe_ a=a ££ — -j — • 1. There's a bat - tie fierce to wage, it should all our pow'rs en-gage, For we 2. See the vet - er -ans are scarred, for the foe has fooght them hard,Tet they 3. Pol - low where the Cap-tain leads, He, who fol - lows close, suceeds, And the IN JN A. -k- A -£- ^ -P- -«- -k^ -k -k~ -k- know the foe is strong, the foe is strong;A de- ci - sion you must make, press on with a song, a hap - py song;Heedthe call for vol- nn-teers, strife will not be long, will not be long; Soon the last of foes we'll rout, .*. a*, n- -*- &- -k- •«- -»- in *. -k- «, #- * t3fc=t=a :fc=£: :t=r.:p: -?:=£: afttzat 1 > A. '■*" :p:zzpz=£ =i u P v U b there's no neutral ground to take, lay a- side your doubts and fears.Come and help us fight the wrong,yes,fightthe wrong. oh, how glad the vic-tor'sshout, h fci h h i HE tat -k- :tz -A--A— Chorus. ^kzzt=|s:=t-_H. _.s _,-,.., - tr- fc^ — tP — t? — r — D — t? -tp" ~ ■#- -Ik- a), :|— f-^E S95 1 K * r? U y u b b U i Come and help us in the fight, Help us car- ry the fight, help ns car - ry the fight, \Bff-S hh h #— f — • h — -^ 5 *"l? — t?~~~"K~ ^ — £ — i :— $ fc- zz-5— ^— 3: :3=z2=5=«j. =*:==fa - — 3— ;t — Fd^" 1 Join the val - iant throng; Glad-ly join the val - iant throng.the heav-en bound throng. P= Jt i3=£ *i £==: f - s*. • — 5 — 5 — F pmb=b=t2: Copyright, 1948, by James D.-Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," Help Us in the Fight b 9 » ' Be a he - ro in the strife, Be a fight - er for right, ia this ter • i - ble strifes E— . P- t k?- t>— tr-,*— J =fc J^3 Help Come and help us 0 b U P M- /^g_<~_ LA A * p ns fight the wrong. fight the wrong, in fight-ing the wrong. r> : .* „ h h r> fi fi p i EEEEzEii— : No. 55; . . . 'and pray one for another . . . The effectual lui vent prayer of a righteous J. D. V. manavaileth much" JamesS: 16. James D. Vaughah, I Need the Prayers With feeling. :fcfc i> r> .n zB. =3=1= F*=* p 3= 1. I need the prayers of those I love, Whilotrav'lingo'erlife'sruggedway,That 2. I need the prayers of those I love, To help me in each try -ing hour, To 3.1 want my friends to pray for me, To hold me up on wings of faith, That IP— i — pU~ m -r»-—c — P — s — c — •— ■ — ^t— -J 1 H — - 1 1-1 1 1 1 »■ \- \-^z^- — ! .4 ^=^ • H 1 — rr- •- -r*-— * — P • c •— i :f— — i ±t=±>z^z±[ Fine. Chorus. -0-jX 'i- I may true and faithful be, Andlivefor Je-sus ev-'ry day. bear my tempted soul to Him , That He may keep me by His pow'r . I want my friends to I may walk the narrow way, Kept by our Father's glorious grace. 4-4—1* riflftFb £=£ znzhtz |zztfti_e~ie is ft iz i v v v v v D. S. — I need the prayers of those I love. D.S. prav for me, To bear my tempted soul a-bove, And in-ter-cedewithGodfor me; -Al .a. Ai; -A^-* -a. . -A- >i -A- M -A- -A- -A- -A^- tt=r=tr=P=t^=>=::=P::tF- oopyrijrht,, 1936, by James D. Vnatrhan, Reacwal No. 56 W. B. Walbert I'll Soon Be Going — 4=-_ — 5~tH — v — I — * — I — * — - — E. F. Purvis ±=2=% A U-A— g ^ 5j ^ ___ 1. On that hap-py,glad to-mor-row, when I'm thru with pain and sor-row, I shall 2. There'll be shoutingjthere'll be sinsing, heaven's bells will all be ring-ing, Glo-ry 3. What a hap -py ju - bi -la-tion,when themed of ev -'ry na-tion all go ^ ~- A — A_, A A A _• __A A A i€ d2=Z^ZZ==^= \9- =^3=^=Z =g_-l -*- -A — ■-4- the sky, up in the sky; the air, will fill the air; leave for man-sions yon - der in hal - le - Iu - jahs loud will fill march-ing down the shin • ing streets of gold, the streets of gold; ,H?— a A a . — g — M — g: *$£- — _ a -H5- :S— BE $==fi==pc==t: :p: ^=fci=^=* ft ^==h=£==h=# ?— IN — h-F?— *h— =P— -*1— =P— *=z^ F-h— ^ — h— -P — rV-3 P~44 — -^-r-A H A 1 A 1 g- F-M — A M A H— A- — p*fc — m — 'jj - J — _ J « -*t ^ ^ ^— -=« =* There to sing the bless - ed sto- ry ' of the might-y King of glo - ry, Voic -es sweet will all be blend ing,thru the a - ges there un -end-ing, Safe at home to part no, nev - er, there we'll sing and shout for - ev - er, tr-p~ tr~ p:~ ' t>~^: ^=g=R5=*: J1_J_ Fink fa I * Ij ij T, \J v v V \J In that love- ly land where peo -pie nev- er die, they nev- er die. 'Twill be glo - ry, end -less glo - ry o • ver there, yes, o - ver there. Where the countless a - ges there shall e - ver roll, shall ev - er roll. EHr-r — _— F* — • — p ^- — •" =p=p= D.S. Call-ing me to join them o Chorus. . t r-J P-P- ^ -Kl- r; _ ver there,yes, o - ver there. rts] ___^ — e — sj_ T 3===:=lz==: t» £r =■— - — _ — _- 1 _. p p ing n t> t) l> u Go - ing, I'm go-ing, yes, go- ing, I'm go-ing up yon-der, I'll soon be go - ing, go - ing o - ver yon - der, f^h^* _ _ « h n h *t f^ P* * 1_* «= -5= -1 — £ — gz -jLr - — - — i "_r| £^EE_tj!i=___jte i Copyright,1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." I'll Soon Be Going -t>- -♦ — «- — i 1- dfc To that hap - py land so bright and fair; so bright and fair; rs IN Wfdsi-=t==£ — -£ s E e P— EP 9 E - v" ^ a ^^E" =t re: " u P u y ifes ' d u P ' J~15 T P P Call - ing, call - ing, I hear them now call-ing, from heaven they're calling. I hear them call - ing, call - ing, gen - tly call -ing. jUP — -J — • — • — * 3=Hf No. 57. Glory to His Name Elisha a. Hoffman J. H. stocktom I iii 1. Downat the cross where my Saviour died, Down where for cleansing from sin I cried; 2.1 am so won-drous-ly saved from sin, Je-sus sosweet-ly a-bideswith-in; 3. Ohl precious fountain that saves from sin! I am so glad I have entered in; 4. Come to this fountain so rich and sweet, Cast thy poor soul at the Savioar's feet; Ki^^f^^^^lii p 0 r Fine, Chorus. ♦t— 4— L3 ■« 1&— •-•- 1 • ■«— L — r? — *-^r--« — - — 9— * 01- -*■•-" " -^- There to my heart was the blood ap-plied, Thereat thecrosswhereHetookme in, Glo-ry to His name. Glo-ry to His There Je-sus saves me and keeps me clean , Plunge in to-day and be made complete, A A* A A-1 — A— r-A A £J— r-A-1— A A =— 1 g— A — A- ffi $z=fc p b 1 A' A— rA A £J— pA-1— A A «— 1 r- r-p-p-F name, SH Glo-ry to His name; Thereto my heart was the blood ap-plied, i A A-rdT-A-^j-ir-A fc=— A £=P=t "1 b b" frpf? k-ht — I f1- gaSg=H Jfo. 58. It is Sweet to Walk With Jesus Rev. Rupert Cravens Eloise Carper I ^^*| l.'Tis sweet to walk with the Sav-iour ev - 'ry hour of the day, 2. "lis sweet to live in His pres -ence, safe from dan - gers of life, 3.'Tis sweet to trust Him thru life, mid chang- ing scene of the way, -ft- -ft- -ft- -ft- -ft- -ft- -ft- -4- -ft- -ft- -*- i£ :t 3 is: £=* -y — >-fc/ =^=:±z=tor ^=^=z^=i)=i at fefe -i '■¥ m And have Him guide us what - ev - er may be - fall, be - fall; De - liv * ered safe from the fow - ler's an - gry snare, the snare; He nev - er chang -es, but e'er a - bides the same, the same; -ft- -ft- -A- -ft- -ft- -ft- -A- -P- -ft- _ -ft- - V & He is our shep-herd so gen -tie, ev - er Be - neaththe wings of His love, for - ev - er E'en tho' death's wa - ters may roll, there'll be no -F- "A" m "A- -A- -ft- -ft- watch - ing we may cause for His own, a - bide, a - larm, _— £ P y Ly 1 y y y y y re e * j --rv 5=A=|=: :--£--:i ±: ::£— jizzzitzz^r -e # ^ j fczj T~~E^ .Fine 5"P In love so ten - der He hears our faint As - sured each mo - ment of His , pro - tect We'll cling to Je - sus, stil! trust - ing in P • est call, ■ ing care, His name, — ► © — i V our call. His care. His name. Copyright 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." It is Sweet to Walk With Jesus And let Uim lead t Let Him lead i==:==z=c==?=Ifi=:?==rr=r=:[:- :_3 — £. r£- us home a - bove; home a • bove; -A- i ^ — v — j D.5. iE=i EEE =5— )-: — g#- ■ : I y- p Guides us on, day by day. He guides us on - ward day by day, 13=1 -3 — £ -*- -a- -■ 3 ^ p L —X> No. 59, Pray, Pray, Pray, Vida Munden Nixon & rW-l 1— r 1 K — ^r- 1- Adger M. Pace 1. Whentheway is dark be -fore you, And the skies 2. When it seems the sun is hid- ing, Pad - ing f ar 3. Let no doubtthe brightness bor-row,Fromlife'spass W are gray> a- • way; ing day; « A — r* A # A — r^3 — £- =t=Efcrt=t=:E=E= rrcEiz: §h=3 IT* =^=F= 4 Fine. Chorus. •3*. t&i pray, pray. Pray, e ii — l-i~ l gi l<«- Tho' the clouds are heav- y o'er you,Pray, In the Sav-iour still a - bid - ing, E" van in the vale of sor-row, Pray,pray,pray. Pray,oh,pray — £ & rA— A * * r tSJ !& rl 1 1-| r* * * D. S. With a hope-ful heart that's cheery. 1*1 ... .4 When the days are drear- y, Pray, When you're faint and wear-y; Pray,yes, pray .IS ^.Hiirtrigip! :P=t: jB •- Copyright 1946, by James D Vaughan, Music Publisher in " Silver Trumpet." No. 60. Chas, H. Huff What A Happy Time sill iffit V 0 0 P —3 A— S 5=5=*= W. S. Tidwell rf==j: a— ad— S-l-^— 7^ ■ 1. What a hap-py time 2. What a hap-py time 3. What a hap-py time V&L 9 V * ."8" . 9 wewillhavein glo- ry,have in glo - ryr we will have that mora-ing,havethat morn -ing, we will have for-ev - er.have for- ev - er, fetf« :r==K=£=s=K=Er=^=E=£zcp=E== EEE=l=H=&ElEi3=EEgZ^ {=>=^=t=tq =P=£= t» »gii^eEte===| _A ^ A A When we gath-er there When we hear the Lord When we see the Lord Jfc :jl .p. A. B «%=£= :t=t: £-*-*- *$&=9 mi v d v b \> for the meet-ing graad,for the meet- ing grind: eay-ing en- ter in, say -ing en -ter in: in His glo -ry bright,in His glo- ry bright: «EteE3=S3=«§3 mm _K m m . 1 k_ ^-s ta-0-FH)-5 1-~ t?— p— p~b— t?-11 With a hap-py song With a shout of joy We will raise a song we'll re -peat the sto- ry,grando!dsto- ry, and with crowns a-dorn-ing,erowns a-dorn-ing, by the shin-ing riv - er,shin-ing riv - er, _A. A- -A- -A- -A- -*- -»- ■*- -A- _f.i=.±=r ^-,f r t- : r- r r -* A * A A— [-A * 1 -J How the dear Lord We will go in Prais-ing His name, -P- 0 #- p p •#- b tf u b 1 bro't us to that land,bro,t us to that land. where theTe is no sin, where there is no sin. heav-en's Ho-ly light,heav-en's Ho- ly light. -P- -P- fei ::_z_>_r#. r> .& J ly light. $=* =£ B.S. And we shall sing Chorus. i with the jg=g==— ~====== an -gel band.withthe ar g«lband, ^ e h^Ji J> IV=^=S I^Fi 5S^^^ i==^ =P=zP=:S= -; 5 5 — g — P — g — r What a hap-py time we will have my hroth-er, What a hap-py time we will have my broth-er,. _ _ -A- ^— — -^ -A- A- -»--»- -A- -A- _f • f - T- f" f- ;g=|r-r r f— tr-£- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory.' What A Happy Time p : ' 0 ^. b On the bright Hills, in the glo- ry land; L« 0 . 0 -' U P On, tha bright Hills, in the glo- ry land, in the glo- ry land; :^===^M^H^=^^hH^^^ D.S. a — a — a1 — ■ — *H — ! ' yJ Glo-ry be to God, we will knoiv each oth-er, trL*Hfc£zSfc« p_-^~R-^>-4W— I- f -F Glo-ry be to God, -•- -•- -■- ■- -P- —i — i 1 1 — \— — i* — I* — A — A «& wewillknow eachoth-er, „ .A- .A. „- .m. -A- -A. :fut-t-T— " tr— --J1-, -A— A— A 1 1 A 14— Almost Pursuaded P. P. Bliss. h- if 1, "Al-most per-suad-ed" now to be - lieve; "Al-most per-suad-ed" !'. "Al-most per-suad-ed, "come, come to - day; "Al-most per-suad-ed" 3. "Al-most per -suad-ed,"har- vest is past; "Al-most per-suad-ed" 1 t=tt ^ ^ t£=£=[= I i 5 ^PPB -b- Christ to re - ceive: turn not a - way; doom comes at last; Seems now some soul to say, "Go Spir - it, Je - sus in - vitea you here; An -gels are 'Al - most can - not a - vail;"Al-most"is 1 r\ i £=& PTFgpi^ ~\) 1 £ tet=: go Thy way.Somemore con-ven-ient day, On Thee I'll call, lin-g'ring near, Prayers rise from hearts so dear; 0 wan-d'rer cornel but to fail; Sad, sad, that bit - ter wail,"Al • most but lost." $Fz& ±=t=t h_i — ^=^— t — \= g — r=^ fe: a— No. 62. G. L. B. m I'll Fly Away Some Morning Grady L. Baker H 1. On some morn-ing bright and fair, I will fly a -way.Go ■- ing to my 2 That will be a hap- py time when with lriends 1 love,l snail meet m 3* On the wings of love di -vine, I'll keep sail -ing on, Till ^ meet those m=M^m^^ jB_ J^L. A. £— r*--l* r* h— — ijzs= ^^EEfeEEEP^Eb5=^=E^=E :U=t?--=t2=t2' VW m S s — 'L« ■ « » # 9 9 9 9 9 el . . homesomewhere,in that land of day; Je - sus will be with me then that fair clime in that home a -bove; Noth-mg there will harm the soul, friends of mine who be -fore have gone: Then I'll join them m the sky " :" U p 17 v euid-ingme a -long.Go- ing where there is no sin, hap - py land of song, troub-leswill be o'er.We'II be glad while a - gea roll, on that peaceful shore, orais- ing Christ oar Ring .Never more to say good- by, but we'll shout and sing. r .ft. jpi. -ft. JfM, _ ^ -«■ -k- - ■*■ -"" -~ -*■ $=£: 52=t2=p: -f- » * £"—2" _*_.: -y :i= z=g— f— r =f=& -r , Chorus )EUS. ft _. . __, D — D P ^ 5 t> & - a u ^. .=,. -5. I'll fly a - way, on some glad hap - py morn - ing, Fly a -way, fly a -way, ! -f— s— J— j- .«_ jB. .«_ -«- ._ # 4 £: U—tr-tr $: E=£=!=fcfc An(j g0 r to meet r my loved ones on that day; Go to meet, 50 to meet ^ fc * P > V V v ±: Copyright, 1948, by James D.-Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," I'll Fly Away Some Morning ..A — t-F* — + — * — -m * * — *-tw— F d5=^ v ' y y y ' y P" y I'll sing and shoat the prais - es Sing and shout, sing and shout imy Sav - iour, th -ft! 8 4 U P ~ To heav'n a - bove where all is love, with Him I'll fly PS * * -fcr -k- •£- -. «, * -f" "*- "*- ^T-h h* B » * h h H * — H» g » g [^ — 5=p: way. No. 63. Rev. J. H. S. Only Trust Him Rev. J. H. Stockton 1. Come,ev - 'ry soul by sin oppressed, There's mer -cy with the Lord; 2. For Je - sus shed His pre- cious blood, Rich bless-ings to be -stow; 3. Yes, Je - eus is the Truth, the way That leads you in - to rest; 4. Come,then,and join this ho - ly band And on to glo - ry go; jfezzjzzzj — %— pte— fez $: — %— nfcz=fc=~£ m M t=tj=t H=t= s Fine :4=d =t #=*=f. -.=i==t ^-L.g— - — And He will sure-ly give you rest, By trust -ing in His word. Plunge now in - to the crim - son flood That wash - es white as snow. Be-lieve in Him with -out de - lay, And you are ful - ly blest. To dwell in that ce - les - tial land,Whereioys im-mor-tal flow. D.S. — He will save yon, He will save you, He will save yon now. i. Chorus. _ D.S. m-0* ft H4^- -r On - ly trust Him, on • ly trust Him, On - ly trust Him now; m £=£=£ -a — 4= S^ ± No. 64. Adger M. Pace m The Glory Land :fc ?-^*-^-P^^--r^T-& K— fc-i-^- :^5=^: Robert McWhirter •d— 1 — F — d s „ i — — — 9 1 — v 1 — « — n — — « — ii i . — rr * -♦• ~ -•- -♦- ^ -#- ^ V [) p 1. There's a hap-py land of joy.su-per-nal, o -ver the roll-ing tide, in glo- ry, 2. In that Ho- ly land there'll be no sor-row,noth-ing to tempt the soul, oh, glo- ry, 3. In that love-ly land with gran-deur stands the Cit - y that's (milt four-sqnare,in glo- ry, -►- Jk. >. Jk. .*. .. - - — A—fr—A—*-- -V— I -k — k- ~-y—9~- t- te£^lp^i?ifefete! P P -5-17 3 ^ ter -nal, where all thesaintsa -bide It is a land of bliss e -ter -nal, where all thesaintsa -bide, for-ev-er: There we shall hare a glad to-mor-row, it we have been made whole,tbru Je-sus; And I am told my Sav-iour plans a man-sion for me up there, oh, praise Him; -K -K -K -K ' _ 3fP-k — Is — It— fc — k — ' — It — is — f — 1 i F — F — n- £=zi ==fcz=|i=z|s:=:js:=|»: a -b— t?- ; b— b— ^~b— p— P 'Tis the place that Je - sus is pre Liv - ing with the Lord up there for And some glo ■ ry day I'll oc - cu I — aj—f^- 3^=3: par- - ev - py ing ■ er, it, -«— for nev un • n A Ur- :p= His er der P —A— re -deemed and from Him to the shin - ing D. S. And some hap- py morn- ing I ££=$= :^=^: LMfP h»— =i § t-K- l-i fcj- will join them.nev - er i h I a - gain to Fine. 31 — ; own, oh, praise Him Bean - ti roam no, nev- er, Will be dome,wiih rap-ture,Sing-ing - ful land di -vine - lyplanned,it is my home, so sweet with joy com-plete, in that sweet home. His praise thru end- less days, in that new home. roam, oh, glo - ry, Sing - ing Chorus. k_ _k. _^_ _^. .|_. .*. .*. _#. ^. ->. ., 1 v m song both loud and long, in our new home. have man • y loved ones in that ffiS rJirz=S— 5:=*^*=! glo • ry, --D— ft-. land, oh, Copyrighl,i948,by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory." The Glory Land lip=p^p=JL=p5§Epi|iiiiiiii^ P P D H IJ ft * ^ ^ I ft Wait- ing for me to come.and join them, In their songs of Sing s lUL^LjLjL-tJ-^-g — * love 1/ ins D. S. ■fir to the King a -bove, 'neaththe shin - ing heav'n-ly dome; songs, be - neath the shin - ing heav'n-ly dome, up you - der; -*- w j - ; 89 9 » IB B h h fc» V No. 65. Mrs. Elvina M. Hall Jesus Paid it AH JohnT. Grape ♦— -♦-= — 3 ♦ «— — I 1— f-d-r—ol u— m— -•©<— — \y — » *-= 3 §es *■ - [/ hear the Sav-iour say, "Thy strength in -deed is small.Child of weak-ness ord, now in -deed I find Thy povr'r, and Thine a -lone, Can change the ince noth-ing good have I Where-by Thygracetoclaim,I'll wash my — ■ -^Egzz^EtmEm&zEzz^EEEEc^ —hi — i— t»— » — r — »— -l — ztelszz!*: ±lrz=tn=t3^ ^tr-fe^c Chortts. -&: £=:£: T watch and pray, Find in Me thine all in all." Iep - er'sspots,And melt the heart of stone. Je - sus paid it all, gar -ments white, la the blood of Cal-v'ry's Lamb. -*- 4r_ t-r 1 $£ BMJ^id^^^^ £=£ 1 IS All to Him I owe; Sin had left a crim-son stain; He washed it white as snow. -£z_t:-tr_g_d. U. b — Is — F £l« ff-,r f ,c k ,' l> V v No. 66. Traveling the Royal Road G. W. Gaskell Warren I =±_S_LA_ M — j, — M ^ 4 ^ ^ a—U^—L^ £ — .^ A— ^— I 9, A1' — 1 -^- K -a- -fl|- -■- -[3. _fl_ _p_ -yy 1. I'mtrav-el -ing a -long the roy- al road that leads to heaven's glo- ry -land, 2. Some-times I get so tired of this old world, and long to fly a -way to rest, 3. I'm glad that I can say I'm on my way to meet the King up - on thethrone, rv T~e-rS-S-"-« «— * * » ^ » ®~ r * * * * ^ * rr-l £±3= t tf b u u" =A— LA A A A A A A A A A—1-" * " ^- *A— A S^—* -a- -a- -«- -»- -a- \j w -9- -a- -«- -»- -ia- y I'm go - ing to that Cit - y built four-square, to join the ho - ly an-gel band: I want to be at home with Christ, my Lord and all the hap -py,good andblest; There sor-row ne'er shall come to me a -gain, nor death shall ev - er claim His own; _=fs±J=fci^5 A1 — A- H~— la— ft -* & Twill be a joy to live in that sweet hoaie that Je - sus has pie-pared for me, And when my pil-grim jour-neybere is o?er I'll go to heav-en's blest a -bode, A hap- py ju - bi -lee is wait-ingthere,thebless-edmorn-ing soon shall dawn, .^-tzi^t: dps: i|s_-'a a — a |s; -*-£-- :t2=tr5=cJ=fc3=^=p=t3=b=U=b=t3-tb=b=b=b: he saints in that a -bode. FINE. ■■■■•■- ---^^1 i=^i=*-*=^=E=a D. S.I know He has a place for me up there a-mong thesaintsin that a -bode. Ob, what a hap- py time I'll have up there with Je - sus thra e -ter-ni-ty. I'm sing- ing hap- pyprais-es all the way and press-lng on the Eoy-al road. So I will press a -long thru toil and care, to heav- en I will trav-el on, -i — -■- m t- Isr — Is— " r: l-l P-St -Pk — i — -Hfe 2s. — rr 1* r !---t>'k ST- T __H _Up_L,3, 9 9 0 9 q 1 J -tp-p-^-g-^-p-p— -J Oh, broth-er,come a -long and go with me and trav- el on the Roy- al road. Chorus, j^h &! f^ -, _k _*_i ?m4 I'm T p K e p " y on the Roy -al road to glo I'm on the road glo V ry land, ana land, §e S§=S Zfc q_=ZATT=A-: ifc .^i Copyright, 1948. by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Clory" Traveling the Royal Road sing- ing all a - long the way, I'm let - ting Je -sub ev - er sing-ing a • long on the way, Let • ting the Lord fc h fe D-s- «=' y 4 — £_:!!_£_■ — ■ — » — p * m v- ^rrn- fe hold my hand, and guide me ev - 'ry pass- ing day; hold to my hand, guide me on each pass - ing day; No. 67. James Nicholson :t: J=£ Whiter than Snow -y — y — i Wm. G. Fischer £££=£333 1 1 (g^-L^ @ 1 1. Lord, Je-sus, I want to be per-fect-Iy whole, I want Theefor-ev-er to 2. Lord, Je-sus, look down from Thy throne in the skies, Andhelp me to make a com- 3. Lord, Je-sus, for this Imosthumbly en-treat, I wait, blessed Lord, at Thy 4. Lord,Je-sus,thouse-est I pa-tient-ly wait, Comenow, and with-in me a [>•■■■ -I- live in my soul; Break down ev-'ry i - die, cast out ev-'ry foe, plete sac - ri - fice; I give up my -self, and what-ev - er I know, cru - ci - fled feet; By faith for my cleans -ing I see Thy blood flow, pew heart ere - ate; To those who have sought Thee, Thou nev-er saidst no, D.S. Now wash me and I shall be whiter than snow. Whiter than snow, yes, whiter than snowj , Fine. Chorus. -*— *— V 3=t 3(= U"-l< 1 CE± tt =F IIeS! P No. 68. He Made a New Creature of Me Chas. W. V. Chas. W. Vaughan 1. I was wand'ring sad and lone, with no place to call my own, 2. Noth-ing here can change my love for my Lord who reigns a • bove, 3. It will not be ver - y long till I join the bloodwashed throng, .m — p — a_ qz p n r I'm hap- py to -day, I'm hap- py to-day, P P P for I am free; for I am free; -9- -#- -»- -»- 'Hr -^ — —- -- — t_k__5_b_^D e 3_g — b. P 0 P ^ ! &0fa*zz^?t£tzit^^ Je ■ sns came and saved my soul, made the hal - le - lu - jahs roll, For He keeps me by His pow'r ev - 'ry day and ev - 'ry hour, There for ev - er- more to sing hap - py prais - e3 to the King, I*- -N -*- -*- -I -i 1 1 — H* fc * — k ' r*Hn b P u He made a new crea-ture out of me. Made a new creature out of me, out of me. S=E=I h -,♦- >- >- -*- A A A 4 A 1 1 r- :=|a — ^z=t2 — = tnzO-tA — : JliJ IN Pi Chorus. ^W^-aF-*2131— *— al-p* ^— a— r— a— s— l-g-Fyzsi d-j If — =) — -s cs — F=B— p— p— p ^•-u-"-^-3 Je-sus made a new crea-ture out of me, Made a new crea-ture out of me, out of me, effirEzfE — i 5"— ■£- -IT 'lfc— £— t-~-h-r1*'- — ?— I — ' — «—i Copyright 1948 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "gospel glory." He Made a New Creature of Me 3n A — A — A A — A A — AL 3B :=£ That is why I am hap '=»=Az:5=:*=?z1 \j~XT~ P~ py,glad and free; That i3 why I am hap-py, glad and free,60 hap-py and free _. -r-^-t- gl? ^^t^^^^J^ ^^TO^^^fe ^-h-^-5- :z4=l=S?Art:^=A-t£: J His won-der-ful joy is flooding my soul shice the dear Saviour came and made me whole, B :S-S_J-S-Ji A- -*.- -A > ;--k- -k fa. No. 69. E. H. Stokes Fill Me Now =t=t =fc 3=Fl *g — *— u John R. Sweeney -<s> P— f-<s* -I , 1 1 j-— I ♦ r-+r- igzzzpzzL^ — *— iSr 1. Hov - er o'er me, Ho - ly Spir - it, Bathe my trembling heart and brow; 2. Thou canst fill me, gra-cious Spir - it, Tho' I can -not tell Thee how; 3.1 am weak -ness, full of weak-ness, At Thy Sa-cred feet I bow; 4. Cleanse and com -fort, bless and save me, Bathe, 0 bathe my heart and brow; -£2_ *SB=3= * t- Fa: —=:=:(= :=1: :=t: t= -g- -g- -J- -p-__-^- y_^_^ — FlNE. "4 ^: 3=^: Fill me with Thy hal- But I need Thee,grej Blest di- vine, e - ter Thou art com- fort -ing ■&- -£- -M- @^=p^P=p=bpz= |cz±s=ztz — 5-— ^ — *- lowedpre8-ence,Come,0 come, and >t-ly need Thee, Come, 0 come, and - rial Spir - it, Fill with pow'r,and and sav-ing, Thou art sweet -ly *- -f2- -£- # -*- fill me fill me fill me fill - ing r "(fir I I I lit now. now. now. now. -fix. D.S.-Fill me with Thy haHowedpres-ence,Come,0 come, and fill me H*' \xA' 3—t a. -p- DOW, D.S. 4=B -H- -oHr- -Hs j2ZZfl Fill me now, fill me now, Je - bus, come, and fill me ■#- ~- -J- -J- -g- -r«- -P- _£- e {ft ■'iF-T £= now; No. 70. My Saviour Will be Near Adger M. Pace James D. Walbert 1. When I'm wea - ry and oh, I 2. When it seems that there's none 3. When my life on this earth lone ■ call near '4_A IA_ s=z=5==z*z:-%. ly and me their own, ing the end, =£=e==e — b — $--m ~^^m^ ■ *] "S. ' -* -at -*- -At -*- -^- -^- -i^- 'Tis then my bless-ed Sav-iour comes near and*mak-eth me glad, so glad, And with my heav-y bur- den I have to trav - el a - lone, a - lone, And as I cross the riv - er, I see I'm need- ing a Friend, a Friend, -A- -A- And all the bur - dens of life are car - ried 'Tis then 1 hear my dear Sav-iour say - ing I'm sure that He will be near to com -fort WEB ezfc way, me, soul, a to my t?~ f— b— b— tJ" :t33=^==^=P=tp — fr" -J 1 p D And light of hope shines o - ver my soul and brings a new day. Lookup and lay your bur -den on me, and you shall be free. And guide me safe - ly o - ver the tide, to heav- en my goal. -i — p- -n P" ;&£ t2=i Chorus. -5— S-z- -fr- h h- 0 -»— at- ^1— «- My Sav-ioarwill be so near, $=:$=$: p-i?F <^-=== <beei , ;■ , ■ l, K p u ^ ^ What-ev-er the task may be, ev - er be, -K >- -*- - - — f— E--&. ver - y near, >- A- -K- -T T V -k — *— Copyright 1948 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "'gospel glory. My Saviour Will be Near that when I have cause to fear, I'm sure He will com -fort me; shrink with fear com -fort me: -♦- -*- -♦- ■iL , lir-ltL-t--, ,-m—* 5-3— S Eg 1 ^^~7rh~"^*~ ~*~ *~~ *~ *— *~ *— *— w-Jga— — =p And When He shall call me o - ver the tide at clos- ing oi day, ^H 4Sbfi JJl iJ *1 ^ -S- -*- w* -a ^*-w B U L*J 0 b On wings of love I'll sail a-way t for- ev-er to stay, with Him there to stay. 5-*\- -k— k— i*— fc— *-f :pz:p-^z:toz :^H2s_H_^,. ft=A= !est in Peace J. Porter Thomason 3— ~+- 1. Eest in peace, si - lent - ly, Now thy earth-ly days are o'er; 2. Sleepin peace, sweet re -pose, While thy spir - it mounts on high; 3. Thou shalt wake, from thy sleep,Life " will then have just be - gun; i£ *^=1=^ -I i 1 f _^_g_. ... ... fc=fc: =t==t at ej — f-w -d -H — — i 1 ^ ™ ym « s5 Born a - way, as on wings, There to rest for - ev - er-more. There to be with the saints, Nev - er -more to say good - by. Death shall come nev - er - more, When the crown of life is won. ._:£ :£_,:£ £. . £—rt- *_ -*=• -A- -A- -&• -F- -F- -K- A- -A- :t=z=t: PSS i=~-tzE: its: Copyright, 1942, J. Porter Thomason, Owner, No. 72. I Want to Join in Singing There Theo. P. Theo Powell 1. There will be a won-drous sing-ing o - ver in the glo - ry land, 2. Hap- py songs will then be ring- ing when that choir be - gins to sing, 3. Therewith all the saints and sag - es gath -ered on the glo - ry shore, ^4J=is=EiL3=is=tiz=:iz=S— £zzz*=E=fc— t=E=M I want to join p"~3~Tnf in sing- ing there; I want to join in sing- ing there, in sing-ing there; gp=g= :z-_t_t_t: :fcz=lK— Iszzte :p=b=p— b; ts~ H -=1 = 1 1 b_^_^_L^.._tJ_y_p m -#- -8- n p ; -■- 4 All the saint- ed, white robed sing-ers will be in that cho - rus grand, Teeming mil- lions will be sing- ing prais-es to the Sav -iour.King, Sing-ing song* of joy and tri- umph ,prais-ing God for - ev - er -more, -*- _. tr_ :£=zi=ztK: I want to join id2 BE D P" u ' u in sing- ing there. I want to join in sing- ing there, in sing- ing there. :±: :£. :£ £ ... h n p> h P =b=b=b=:b=^— gz=£=fc — ,b: I want to join in sing-ing there, I want to join in sing-ing there* _a| _.~_ _-■- B -■- -[— -_ _ zfc~[szz:lizz:is zp—bzzzpzz:t^==== =Ei=ts=E=E=ts=J C opyfight, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." I Want to Join in Singing There *J v 1 h i, fi fi »- nub -p tr 1 x _l P b p E> » n P The song of love, in glo - ry fair; The song of love in glo - ry fair, in glo - ry fair; K h ^ :a i E 1£ E f— i A~E" *-" j ^•SEE§= -fe* -■ — -J — h— r — — ■ — tt n2 ==1— ♦ m sfi; With all the saints from ev - 'ry-where, With all the saints irom ev- 'ry-where. s -=1 .€- i^6-=2fe I want to join in sing-ing there. % d2=: irz:?: I want to join in sing- ing there, in sing- ing thers. -A- -A- -A- -A- ." _ e P 45 JLjLil -^; 7XT- No. 73. God is Present Everywhere J. H. FILLMORE. ft* :^^^ff^4j=E^==^ -? — i -4^-y 1. They who seek the throne of grace Find that throne in 2. In our sick-ness, in our health, In our want or 3. When our earth -ly com -forts fail, When the woes of -P- -9- ■*- ■¥- * -f2- ev - 'ry place; in our wealth; life pre - vail, WB. Mh£ m m w 4^ £ i fit E fe&3 NP^ If we live a life of pray'r, God is pres • ent If we look to God in pray'r, God is pres • ent 'Tis the time for earn • est pray'r, God is pres • ent fe | £ ev - 'ry • where, ev - 'rv - where, ev - 'rv • where. W0m^ No. 74. W. E. H. I'm Glory Bound :3zr£=-£--£=± W. E. Hinton =*-— j- -^ Ltf # 5 ^ 1 0 fl_ _j _ _, 3 1 S 1. I am walk- ing in the light, in the path that's al -way3bright, 2. When my work on earth is done and the vie - fry has been won, 3. Oh, my broth-er, come a - long, join me in my hap - py song, nx ,4z«— i~^z=z~L~t— !*=£— jz=r pi 1/ U • y ■ y i v v ^=±=:$^=^td=== A * | h^~ ^~ tj Us- It will lead me home to heav - en some sweet day; I will meet Him o - ver yon - der face to face, Let the Sav -iour fill you with His per - feet love; IN IS IN > -A fg— rA * A & *—- — A A r»— -A- 1 -.-* rN-r-& & h N— §Sez^=?=:B— *— z&zzalzzr ^=ar- fezzz^zzaz— J— a|zzj For I'vemade the Lordmy choice and in Him I now re - joice, In that land of pure de -light, where there comes no shades of night, Then at last, when we get home, un - der - neath the shin - ing dome, -rA A ii A A A r ... -^=s=fA=ts— tsz=g==?=t5==p==p==p=:=^i V \J y y y y i V - , V . ■". I a: i&jz g-fcr ^SP^? -fe-r^ & £— , =T3: -fV EWJH-^ d Ld d H esi -4 H !■ z=zzzfr ©?& &££zk — @- As I trav- el ia And I'll praise Him for We will sing His praise IN IN IN -A g £* A -A this love - ly glo His won- drous sav e3 ry way. ing grace. i Oy ~p" zpzzzt with the saints a - bove. p> S h* « gr— j ZZna ~~ZZ f j :fc £= y-— t2==t2: Chorus. ,, — — — — ^^ ». ^: .£_ -i — h^= g Zfr I'm glo - ry bound, oh, praise the Lord, I'm glo- ry bound, oh, praise the Lord, oh.praise the Lord, -A A- §& ^r-z=S=H== P— jz^gzzjgjzzzg— =fe=^=C— E=?=j y ■ 1/ / y v Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaugban Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." ®=5=W m I'm Glory Bound W' v ■ -o "I v ^J _h- FP : — » — j I'm trust- ing now, Hi9 Ho- ly word; I'm trust- iug now, His Ho - ly word; _ — , a — A — 4 — 4 A — A — A — A — .. -A) m Oh,won't you join me in this way, Oh, won't you join me in this way, EEi==i=z:feEz|sE3 IK D • b U U \ with Hfm to stay. I'm glo- ry bound with Him to stay, with Him to stay, ■** ■*- -*• -g- r f ^' ■*■ ■*" ■•■ S -ar— S- =p=f- :«c :— ^: ~b No. 75. How Sweet the Name of Jesus Sounds John Newton Rev. Thomas Hastings WW :4=iz dC ,-1- 4— 4- =t=zFfezz=h :stzt $£$=$ ^=L-.E=z|z:bgzzg: -si — a-- 1. How sweet the name of Je - bus sounds, la a be - liev-er's ear! It soothes his 2. It makes the wounded spir- it whole, And calms the trou-bledbreastj'Tisman-ca 3. By Him my pray'rs ac-cept-ance gain, Al-tho' with sin de-fi!ed,Sa-tan ac- ig^3 -A-r ,A — 1»— rA — A— ri^ — A— rc p- :tz=fcs: ' — — ^-"-si- =Es=rf!b::iz:Eg— a-Ej— £:E: ■w — tf 3=F sorrows, heal his wonnds, And drives a -way his fear, And drives a- way bis fear. to the hun-gry soul, And to thewea-ry rest, And to thewea-ry rest, cus-es me in vain, And I am owned a child, And I am owned a child. g^=r r> F — a— Fp— ^-F^— l=Fp— a-F EEEEEEE3 1*11 Away to Rest No. 76. Charles H. Huff L. C. Higdon ~&- :^=4= — It—1 1. When the sun of life is set - ting,and my work on earth 2. When I hear my Sav- iour call- ing for the ran-somed of 3. When the trumpet loud is sound-ing and the saints shall all 19 the a done, race, - rise, I'll a- way I will go I will rise to rest, to Him, and go m '-^---3- -f—sj— St- and and to -A- - A- P P \) U %* — * — <«- re- ceive the crown I've won; in heav- en take my place; the sup- per in the skies; -f-» — ■ — ■- " P D v $mm$^m^^0^ -bv * Cares of life I'll leave be-hind me, sor - rows all will fade 'Tis a joy to know, some morning when the harps be - gin When the Lord shall say come high-er, en - ter in with bis a - way, to play, to stay , , , jl ■*, . r* *— ?* CST ^ — I U U b v \i V V p eJ :-fc-^- ffi^E -ab— -a— * — pztaM^Mtzt: I'll a -way I'll a -way -i- to rest, in the land of per- feet day. to rest, ^-3~= m -*. -a- -•- +-'-' :h: :h" -h- +- -♦" -t- 1 4 P h -tu*- Chorus. k k k I ' P _h _h 1__p.__h- - b b ? u ^ U i At the set-ting of the sun, to rest, Set • ting of the sun, *—t~ »~~^~ Copyright, 1948, by James DTvaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," I'll Away to Rest With the good and blest, wear the crown that I have won; With the good and blest, - that I have won; He I A A * A A A A — i ■ * — »— ± W - - - 55 P p p P ^3 E^^^"1 ipii -fc. a :*=a: b y ^ u i With a shout of joy, when the clouds hare passed a-svay, With a shout of jot, Clouds have passed a-way, #- 1 §as m A — -A A A A rA— -A — m — A— -m 0 0 l> . P .U b t? p ,s^fe=%t#==p^%M= t—y. I'll a-way, I'll a-way, to the land of per-fectday. I'll a- way, I'll a-way, per-fectday. -#- -•- -•- -•- -P- -•- -•- _ .ft h j> ^=3: m b"_jpu — pi ■*— -h- -♦ u^UJitif No. 77. JAMES ROWE. SoZo or Quartet h 0 p u p r I Shall Reach Home Howard E. Smith. K 3 SSS ^ =£ tpsh 1. Foes may be -tide me, Darkness may hide me, Christ is be-sideme; I shall reach home. 2. Stormsmayafrightme,Dearonesmajslig'htme, Sin try toblightme; I shall reach home. 3. Bur-dens may bend me, Grief of t -times rcud me, Strength He will lend me; I shall reach home 4. Heav-en is near-ing, Clouds dis-ap-pear-ing, An-gels are cheering; I shall reaeh home. m JE =J= -A- -£s- ft=£ § a ^ Chorus. tefea *: 3^K^$ ^a^s -«T #- -♦- ^- 1 He will not grieve me, Slight or de-ceiveme; He will not leave me; I shall reach home. -A- -A- -A^- -ft- t£t^ -A- -A- -A- E ^ £=fc ?=# fcfc F^ F=t-^ B JAMES D. VAUGHAN, OWWEE. No. 78. Stay in the Middle of the Road W. B. W. W. B. Walbert #^= m=i ¥ 3c it 45= z&-_=q: --S-— # =* I 1. Broth-er, as you trav - el in this world be - low, So of - ten 2. There are man -y de - tours on this gos - pel way, And man - y 3. Keep your eyes up - on the bright and shin - ing goal, And ev - er, :fe -t> — P" -tp — tr -3 £- X =£3 -*i gg H=|=tf — =-p== — ^ — ==q Btrug-gling 'neath a heav-y load, a heav - y load; Look up, and snares of sin on them are sowed, on them are sowed; But if you strive to reach that blest a - bode, that blest a - bode; Ee - mem- ber, jdL 1? P P P \ Efe # £=* s=£=* keep in step with Je ■ want to reach that land Sa - tan's bid -ding high -5- sus of for r=^=ff_= mm m as nev your -&- you er im on - ward go, end - ing day, mor - tal soul, t — f— — * _ .-, pL_ £ p_ I _ :i=**=±»_. - - - My broth - er, stay in the mid - die of the road. the mid - die of the r«ft3. D P D ' . T> HjJ^ _h l Stay in the mid- die of the road, Stay in the mid- die, the mid - die of the road, Broth -er, -A- 1*- t — r= £ -p — p — tr =1 Copyright,1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." Kg — ^ gj ^ — al — g — *— bj- Stay in the Middle of the Road ^=^=#=3=3 Stay in the raid - die of the road; Don't let old stay in the mid - die, the mid - die of the road; -A- -Jk- -*- -*- -a- -A- tp — p — f— t?— ^ :3—£ — -* — r— i WIG ==P==D=ZD==:i!=n=PK 5 E *=^— *: £=* -IV $: =£E-EE?=a =F^= Sa -tan turn you 'round, but keep your feet on sol - id ground, * & :&: t2 — p — t? — fcr 1/ w t? My broth - er, stay in the mid - die of the road. the mid - die of the road. A. .A. .*. ,A. .*. r> P _P D huj h I g=jp=t=t2ZZlt2=t2IlZt2ZZi:t2ZZp^I _Z=~:fl No. 79. My Faith Looks Up to Thee Ray palmer. Lowell Mason. 3==%^j— <sj+d=^— jM-i i f=s ^^y- 1. My faith looks up to Thec,Thou Lamb of Cal-va-ry, Saviour Divine; Nowhearme 2. May Thy rich grace impart Strength to my faint-ing heart, My zeal in-spire ; As Thou hast 3. While life's dark maze I tread And griefs around me spread, Be Thou my Guide; Bid darkness -*- -A- ra ft B B- B Ci. (3 0 O »• B f> jU. :t: £= t=± 5= P^FrTF pSJ * fa^^ 2 S 3: while I pray, Take all my sins a - way , 0 let me from this day Be whol - Iy Thine ! died for me, 0 may my love to Thee, Pare, warm and changeless be A liv -ing fire, turn to-day, Wipe sorrow's tears away, Nor let me ev-erstrayFromTheea - side. -±r--±- -A aSs- -A-5- -A- -A- ^S I » s: s~ |a |j- m *E I" I Ml b ispf No. 80. Fay Wallington Over the Tide Will L. Matthews m^pmmmmm^mmi 1. I'm so glad I have found the way lead-ing to that e - ter-nal day, 2. Thru the pow'r of His sav - ing grace,some day I'll lookup- on His face, 3. When I reach that e - ter - nal land, 1 will sing with the an-gel band, •A- .,*- -A- -A- -A- ■*- -A- -A- -rtrr- a Where my sou! with Je -sus shall a - bide, with Him a - bide for -ev - er; Far be- yond the roll - ing o - cean, wide, the o - cean,wide,in glo-ry; Prais • es un - to Him who for me died, who for me died, on Cal-v'ry; Ejgfg — ,* — *■ -* — * — * — a — * — *— F— _y£^z=p=p=p=pz=p— g—g~l ! — » t±~r f 1 D-4- | — 5 — g — | — " — f — f — -^ — ^j — " — * — ^ — *i — jjj — 'J-H There is no con-dem- na- tion now, light of love shines up- on my brow, For I'-m saved to the ut - ter-most, thru the pow'r of the Ho- ly Ghost, That is why I'm so hap - py here, that good day is so ver -y near; .A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- _ -A. m^ -£•-- £ A A A A A A- £ b — ^i b * * ^b h F=i:ff— F3 P 1/ "V And I'm on my jour • ney home, o • ver the tide. the roll - ing tide. -A- -A-_ afep -A- -A- -tk & & ft -A- ~i — -A— — »- Chorus. cfej^fafc^Sj^z i I am now on my jour E§K 95 ney home,nev-er-more from my Lord to roam, :^z=bzzbj=^z=ciz=t3=ir=pzzt=j Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." Over the Tide ■ — | J ■ M ■ 1 — -«i — t — g — f — 1 — 4- ~ — i— Bl fe$ He is with me aa my Friend and Guide, my Friend and Guide,for-ev -er; -A- > _ -<*- . j^ vJS a_- — I — is:~ And I know He will take me thru, If to Him I will e'er be true, —i* — »—<* — *— » — F — »— S^ziJ^F — — s^ -: :=S^^S=S=S=c========z==:=:3 JLi .j__r, — 41 r P y P. P p " B* r^ And I'm on my jour - ney home, 0 •> ver the tide. the roll - ing tide. :=t: E2*rf -A- -A. -A- -A- _A_ ... -£. P- ,- 9 0 » — -!? » hh 1 n— 2 ^ 1 - -J- No. 81. Pass Me Not Fanny J.Crosby £=* 8 W. H. Doane _£3zz^zz^gJ=ir=-= . L---- A| =j. 1. Pass me not, O gen-tle Saviour, Hear my humble cry; While on oth-ers 2. Let me at a throne of mer-cy, Find a sweet re -lief; Eneel-ing there in 3. Trusting on -Iy in Thy mer -it, Would I seek Thyf ace; Heal my wounded 4. Thouthesurint'of all my comfort, Morethanlifeto me;Whomhave I on D.S. — While on oth-ers • . Fine. Chorus. 0. 5. £fc D. S. Thou art call-ing,Donotpassme by. deep con-tri-tion, Eelpmy un-be-lief. Sav-iour,Sav - iour,liearmy humble cryj bro- ken spir - it , Save me by Thy grace, earth be-sideThee?Whominliea»'n but Thee? -&• -M--*- ^B £z£±|s s- t=w=4 ^=3zrJ^-^Sg — 1 KH&Sga No. 82. Adger M. Pace What a Joy to Know A. 0. Hargett 1. What a joy to know ' as we on-ward go toward the setting of the sun, 2. What a joy to know in this world be-low, we can have Him by our side, 3. What a joy to know that He loves us so, He is bid-ding us come home, ■ -# -#- -0- -0- .0. .0- Jjl 5 5— P— P= P-^p— V=tp — p" 3 -N — i- ■±-±—±iz That the Lord is near,bring-ing hope and cheer to His chil-dren, ef-'ry one; Fill - ing us with song as we press a - long, tho' the world may us de-ride; To the land of light and the Cit - y bright, un-der-neath the cloudless dome; .0. .0. .0. 0. .0. .0. -0. .0. .0. .0. .0 .0. .0. i\ P\ IN p p P p p p=p=£ :p=* -a— 5 33-* -.^..j ^=J Driv - ing out the night, mak-ing path-ways bright. all the way to courts a-bove, Mak -ing hearts, now sad, hap - py,free and glad, when they find His sav -ing grace, Where we'll sing His praise thru un-num-bered days, with the saints and an-gels fair, .A. .A. .A. -Ai fct5=nz=: : — t — ♦- i — i 1 — S=£ -It It r~ :p=p-b -55 - 1 Till the glad heart sings of the joy it brings, and the wonders of His love. Start for glo - ry land with our hap - py band, there to see Him face to face. Look-ing on His face in that hap - py place, we shall live for -ev -er there Chorus. k k k ) , — &_f> — h K — k— 3^ * -p'-v- p^rf What a joy, what a jpy,just to know weshallsee, What a joy, what a joy, just to know see His fats. i§g^ •m- -i9- -m- "t" "?"_"3" -it— it— a- > Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," What a Joy to Know Andwith saints onhigh.far a- bove the sky, sing a-bout His love and grace; sav-ing grace; ^ „&_&_-&- ^^gg^asfe z=t5=45=^5=^r— p±=^=^=2[=^z:^=^: -ft— F®: -g-r|- ■0 What a joy it will be, with the pure and the free, What a joy it will be, with the pure all the free, f\ c\ " f\ i rs i\ !\ -,♦- -«- -i9- -A- _ „ -»-. »- -ih ' -•_ «■ -•• -y- -h- -(— -|— .p. .j. ffij 1 — *3j3 -tat — ft— *■=• — — pi £ 1 K tk A — i*. i M*_«— g_U_- — : - -bt P — A-1- — — — 5- s 3 — p— 1 P— 5-P= Just to praise Him there in the Cit ■ y fair, thru- out all e - ter- ni - ty. -A- -A- -A- -i*- _ „ -9- -!*- -A- _ _ - - .r1r__t-_ ff-_ i?-_- r_ it—t •*- -p- " * "*' ! " ':b: :a=fc^iS^^fefc=fe: — m xi — rr)— -£- . zjszzs: 'U • U k 1 No, 83, A. Reed. Holy Ghost With Light Divine GOTTSCHALK. » lE^Q Z^=2 f lililsiiiftS 1. Ho - ly Ghost, with light di -vine, Shine up -on this heart of mice; 2. Ho - ly Ghost, with pow'r di- vine3Cieanse this guilt - y heart of mine; 3. Ho - ly Ghost, with joy di- vine, Cheer this sad-dened heart of mine; 4. Ho - ly Spir - it, all di- vine, Dwell with -in this heart of mine; k , rA. u Jr\J r "rt; "£«J: •r-J- :*r =» St -o--^,- i»i "F Chase the shades of night a- way, Turn my dark-ness in - to day. Long hath sin with-out con-trol, Held do - min - ion o'er my soul. Bid my ma - ny woes de-part, Heal my wound -ed, bleed- ing heart. Cast down ev - 'ry i - die throne, Seign su-preme, and reign a -lone. _*hj L^La =_?- a J: fcsg No. 84. - Mrs. L. W. C. We'll Sing the Glory Song Mrs. L. W. Carr ---". -5 -J ~" ■ " " " ~P y £ y P .P" . 1. There's a home of peace and hap - pi -nesswait -ing, it is wait - ing, 2. In that home the saints and an -gels are sing -ing, sweet-Iy sing - ing, 3. Soon the time will come for me to be go - rag, op -ward go - ing, -A- -A- -A- -A- - m_ -A- "*- .. — w— rs — * — « — * z~ « it— Jr , |r_:p r 1r — "P — J 3=t2=Ft=t=P=lt>= P=p=p=Ep=p:=$=:£=p=p— 1 yHj-^t— ^— r* — s — * — • — 5 • -P — Fh r • i .;. r -*- ■*■ Just be-yond the drear- y dark bor - der line, dark line; In that Hap -py prais- es to the Sav - iour di - vine, di - vine; And some To that coun-try, with them ev • er to shine, to shine; Where the -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- _5 is~ ~|^;*|g [* is— ^|gr =p=pz:Ep.z=:p=p— p— 1£ * -« — j — ♦ — 4— ♦- - ±zr=2=izz:: :•=— pz— p=z: -a *! a! =t=p: f\ y > k — k fc — -* ►" 5— - - "P— p— p— p— P P — land there's man- y beau- ti - ful man-sions,]ove- ly man-sions, And I bap- py day I sure-ly will join them,I will jointhem, And their saints a crown of glo -ry is giv - en, crown is giv - en, And I ifeS=S -a- 4E: V- SUi A A A A A. :£=p: £=0 k — k — k- fc£=& Chorus. Se*E3EE3ee£ *=: -A- c tru - ly know song of joy sure - ly know -A- P that one shall will ev - er that one shall ■*■ -r> 1 1 ' n~~ — ■ r* * •- " be mine, be mine. Some hap be mine, be mine, be mine, be mine. gk r»l j e — r— - —Fa A-p: py -*s= £=tz: zazz ^=±=±=^=5=g= n — n--r> — ! — ~ r~ — yt — :{5_=f5-45_:t5-2f_g : ■-p— D' day, some gold - en morn-ing, Some hap-py day, and free from care, -A- -A- -A- Um I'm so - ing V V v ~'V Copyright, 19 48, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." We'll Sing the Glory Song there and There join that throng; b In our beau-ti - ful and join that throng ,the blood-washed throng; 3t L -h— J robes anderonns with a - dorn-ing, In our beau- ti -ful robes so love- ly and fair. „*__ _a_ —a... _a_ a _ _a. -^- -A- -A- -A- -A- cvjtlsj S S is J£ IS :jj-tf=£— tfc=?=R All to-geth-er,we'll sing the glo - ry song. We'll sing the glad hap- py glo- ry song. te^g^^^BE^ =t2=U- E=b=^=P=P=t=' No. 85. Isaac watts. Arlington •f>— fc te£ Thomas A. Arne. f* -A-- ^i=d=^ 1. Am I a sol-dier of the cross, A fol-'wer of the Lamb, 2. Must I be car-ried to the skies On flow-'ry beds of ease, 3. Are there no foes for me to face? Must I not stem the flood? 4. Sure I must fight, If I would reign; In-crease my cour - age, Lord! X 3L 4- . . - -*- -*- -f- -*- A ^L £ -*- -» — e- V=& ^^ -y- ££ i #=fc « 3 i name? seas? God? Word. 4*- And shall I fear to own His cause, Or blush to speak His WThile oth - ers fought to win the prize, And sailed thro' blood - y Is this vile world a friend to grace, To help me on to I'll bear the toil, en - dure the pain, Sup - port - ed by Thy g=# m No. 86. D. H. £=2=i: My Saviour Will Lead Me David Huntley F=«^-te=i^tz4s x i 1. When my work 2. When tbe shades 3. When I've crossed ♦• ♦ -»■* — «~ *— c# — p — tr on earth is end- ed, work is end-ed, of night are fall - ing, shades are fall - ing, the si - lent riv - er, si - lent riv • er, _■£_■ S" And the sun And I'm wait In - to that is sink - ing ing for the sweet home a _-K £J — k tt k- v v v. ,1/ . i low, is sink - ing low; call, my Sav -iour's call; bove, sweet home a - bove; :p=p: -« - L • -w 1 \» -#- -*- -*- ^ -♦- -7* "P — P" p I will . have I will have 1 will sing M ~l- a hand to lead me, hand to lead me the sweet as - sur -ance, sweet as - sur- ance the praise of Je - sus, praise of Je - sus — * i-A -I A W & "t 1 z^zzz^ziii— :FtE=zji — g — £=— - y y y i/ i/ P £ *f r p In the way That He'll lead For His ev •- -•- -\— -i— y y w y that I should go, that I should go. me thru it all, yes, thru it all. er - last - ing love, His last - ing love 2^ig=rzzz=fct===t=r=?==r!!===iz==a=: >- ■♦- -*- — i — ^ - Chorus. | 3H3-Z1 . __t_ n i? JC* 3d — at — a!— 2* — p — 5 — p— p — p— Yes, my Lord will sure-ly lead me, Yes, my Lord will sure-ly lead me, He will lead me, -*— F— I W P 6 K-— , =— ^=rpz=pz— pz=J z=b=b=z==J P=p: Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." te£E?=E=!i My Saviour Will Lead Me f tp p p ! 1 — _"j C3i — g t t 1 Lead me by His hand of love; Lead me by His, hand of love, His hand of love; ,gtoF=3 :t: — A rA A . m A— -J rrfc— Er L i — f^=l Till I ■*- p the chill - y riv f cross the chill - y riv - er, Till I cross the chill - y riv - er, chill - y riv - er, :k±zt And IS reach And •- -t— — t-* — He my home a - bove. reach my home a - bove, my home a - bove. -■»- -»- . IV: ft IS . r\ j _Jr 2-__4r t-_r*: :*h_j*l_j!* :t2=l P No. 87 E. A. H. Enough for Me Rev. E. A. Hoffman. — h- a *=* 3=3 £8 =£=* knowledge! ■ va - tion! pre - cious, love sur • won - der 3. 0 blood of pass ■ ing - M sal Christ, so IE 0 grace, From sin Poured out so full and He makes me on Cal • va ■ •f- 4- 4- free! free I £ « 4^ v^- M- CTio. And that's e • nough for me, 0 that's e • nough for HW-i 1 J. £ ± 1 t I J- 2 — i- me; Z).C. I F « know that feel the feel its Je - sus sweet as cleansing % saves me, • sur - ance, pow ■ er, And that's And that's And that's e - nough for e - nough for e - nough for me. me- me. r r T- ^=F £ :[_:: p: I know that Je - sus saves me, And that's e - nough for me. No. 88 Glory, Hallelujah, R. B. and A. M. P. I Am Saved Ranee Barkley ?rz~~ft — h~r^~~^~^ — k — I ft — ft~r~K — ;: — 1. Once when I was lost in sin, had no 2. As I walked that down-ward road try -ing 3. I'm so glad to me Hecame,glo - ry IS ft .0. .0. .0. c— x — K— a — r<* * — ♦ — ♦ 1 1 1 f-i^-* y&-+&- — -& -A A -14 A A— ^4^ ^45 — g — g— £— ^=P P - hope of heav'n with - in-, hard to bear my load, to His . Ho - !y name, h ► — •- A \=j=.n=±=& ures of this world that can- be-neath the heav - y weight the jor the world could nev - 9- not last, can - not last; of care, weight of care; er give, nev - er give. ■»- -»- ?v -•- Then I sought the Sav-iour's face. trust - ed Then I heard my Sav-iour's plea, say - ing Now I'mprais-ing Him for love and the ft Him for love and grace, leave it all to me, hope of heav'n a - bove, l\ _. -A- -A- tt 3EEE :p==t= blot- ted out my on the Lord and Him and loved ones f — K«" 9V- sin left 1 ful it past, sin there, left shall live, I P ■•- - ful past. it there. shall live. v 9 n -■&.-• :t=: Chorus tA=t=i-tFszzl==:S-4=ii=^=§5=i=I^^==^^==5--r:3 p p ■ -•- -r --»- Glo - ry, hal- le - lu -jah.Je -sus came,took a -way my guilt of sin and shame, t-ty ► K_ b. — «, — k— r*- — i ft — * — i 1 — i»k — i ,♦— rf- . — p> p — i ".t/r — b* — b1- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." Glory. Hallelujah, 1 Am Saved p ■*■ ■ -•• i \j ''/ r Giv - ing me the joy andpeaoethat I so long had craved,! had craved; -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- ^=*=r£=k=E?=*= a=a— S== 5— g=fc=p=t===£=l .^-K-^- Now I want to sing and shout His praise as I trav-el here,thru all my days, _A- -A- -A- -A. _— -■- ■»■ -m- -|— -•- -(" -f -h- -g- QK -0- ( _ . ^ ■g.— ^A — A^A — A— Pi A A A A A A A A— Pi A L__ — _A 1 ^p^=^=g=g=te=s=^=g:==^=g=g=g=fc=fc===i;=fc=:l — ."i r: _ — z. — \-i n z. z. z. c r. z. — t u a — lj m 1 — _J --P— £_* /RP-R - — ^ — «P — ^— PS— id — is — fc — S^-sr* — s — =*-r — > fig— ap— g — | — »— P*— g» — P — n — S— gg — g — 1— Fxt^ B -3- d ■ P ■ ■** v r P P -#- I - y. .- / . t Sing and tell it to the whole wide world that I am saved, I am saved. Ut A A A A HA A A A A 1 1 \-t&- tp — tr~ la- No. 89. Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me Rev. Edward Hopper ¥ Wr=*E -4=* A-- *= a: l-r4 :^: H 1 \—+- J. E. Gould . PINE si ■^r— ♦' f 1. Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me, 0 - ver life's tem- pest- eous sea; 2. As a moth-er stills her child, Thou canst hush the o - cean wild; 3. When at last I near the shore, And the fear-ful break-ers roar; r— p— e-l-i D.C.Chartand com- pass come from Thee, Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me. D. C. Wondrous Sov'reign of the sea, Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me. D.C.May I hear Thee say to me, "Fear not, I *— JhH : f= r-r-l -P— fc-H 2 — ITS. Will 2 ^ ^ — L^ •fc. ■z\ P — Sic pi - lot thee." D. o. T^tT ^-^ it :=]: ^^=^=^=t=^^ii pp. Unknown waves be -fore me roll, Hid -ing rocks and treach'rousshoall Boist 'rous waves o -bey Thy will, When Thousayst to them"Be still!" 'Twist me and the peace-ful rest, Then while lean-ing on Thy breast, — P*^ — » — i • — »- — » — P»- l-^N =^=[:t=^= p=p=|:==- :e=I:£=: No. 90. W. B. W. 02-~* ' Sing Out The Story W. B. Walbert Sfe± ^-f—^.- —.--ti — 1- —I- :3=P==£: -• — ^ * — 4 :^: 1. Sin? 2. Sing 3. Sing ry, ual, ry, out the bless- ed sto - ry, how Je - sus came from gio of His love e - ter - rial, com -ing from realms su - per hal - le - lu - jah, glo - ry, tell out the Grand Old Sto -A- -4- -4- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -Ar ^=^z=z^zzzi£zzzgzzbs=z:Sz=:^i=ZA & — - • fc Is. i y — b1 — v — y — y — Ly — i y — y — y y y j K ! 1 t| +* — *; a — r^ it o'er land and sea, o'er land and to the fall - en race, to all the o - ver sea; fall - en race; Him your Lord and King, your bless - ed Lord and King; iS=! XL* :^=£=^=?-±=Fs .SI ID. -4=1= b= Sing of His great sal - va -tion, for ev - 'ry tribe and na - tion, Ban - ish - ing gloom and sad -ness, bring- ing great joy and glad- ness, Praise His great name for - ev - er. love and a - dore Him ev - er, -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -&- -A- 4^ ^;=:czzre==±:=:r:zz:u:zztzzz±:— parjzzp — c. ^-^.[z-^zc-zzr: ~ £Zis |s |s te |s fc It rfr Is ft ft~~~~fc a fr~ — y 1 y y y y — y — L^ ' V — V V y y — Chorus. v - u j v v Pur - chased on Cal - va - ry, on Cal - va - ry. All thru His match-less Grace, His match-less Grace. High- est ho - san - nas sing, ho - san - nas sing. " Err^r -P- F£: Oh, broth- er, V V • P. ' Sing, sing, Sing out the won-drous sto • rv, praise Him, P ' I hi h P> h h h 2: :*: the King of glo - ry, *_A ~ I- — •- I the •■ — *— B ai— r igznzzzr F, -I f cl .,* -h i sing tiie sto - ry, praise His glo - ry, Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel G/ory." •j Er Sing Out The Story ;j — FS-- Je - sus, your Lord a - dore, your bless - ed Lord a - dore; i .*. -4. .p. XL* ■ I | .__ X* -TVI — * ■ » — -p—-n—. — r w — u K— ♦ — Sing, Sing of :z± --I- V V £=£= His great sal - va -tion,bro't to hi ^ \^ h [) ^ ± -A fiir~* — * — M — g — * — *~r each tribe and na - tion, |> _2. ^,. Sing sal tion to -A- each tion, •J i) Praise g g 1 F; • s; i- — c Him for rip. i3V er _j4- -*• *=~F— p: more, praise Him :*- -^A _«t^'_ No. 91. There is a Fountain William Cowper. Western Melody. fee ffi£ -fi: fe S^SgiSS^i n . — LL_] La. * :lV 3EZ 1. There is a fountain filled with blood Drawn from Im-manuei's vein's, And sinners, plunged beneath that flood, 2. The dying thief rejoiced to see That fountain in his day ; And there may I, tho' vile as he, 3. Dear dying Lamb! Thy precious blood Shall never lose its pow'r , Till all the ransomed church of God 4. Then in a nobler, sweeter song, I'll sing Thy pow'r to save, When this poor lisping stamm'ring tongue A- **• ir*i -A' -Mr -A- .¥* I 0 ]. J^ A' A- -A? ~A- i. . A- -A- ** -A*-JL- -A- tut I #*l -*-1-*- -A- -A- -A- -*- ^, * , Fine. ^ K , , — , n. S. n -— ^ - Fine. ^, ^ . ^ N p-^~T^ ^ ; f ^F-*^ *f . * fT~^ ^ y t '. fU =jz: E Lose all their guilty stains. Lose all theirguilty stains, Lose all theirguilty stains, Wash all my sins a -way, Wash all my sins a -way, Wash all my sins a -way, Be saved to sin nomore. Be saved to sin no more, Be saved to sin no more, Lies si -lent in thegrave.Lies si -lent in the grave, Lies si -lent in the grave, # t^PFf -r- e-firr SE No. 92. J. B. H. ! Want to Go Home Jesse B, Hardin 1. So of-ten I think of heaven a-bove where dwelleth the saints and those that I love, 2. The Saviour has gone a place to prepare for all the redeemed His gio -ry to share-, 3. The riv-er of life is flowing near by , and there we shall live and nev-er-more die, A — A — A — ft— 4- ___ — a — •>• — — — — — — ... -A— A— A —A— A— A- -*- $=P irr^-trtrlrt^nrnra-^-tJ-p-T? Eg3 =£=£= gfcfeg: ^3=* zzE^-^-*-*-^=:g=g=fc^=Frj===-_— z=zg=1 ^ I U I) ITTb ± I want to go there, that Cit I want to go there that Cit 1 A— A— A— A— a„_a_ :S— i— i— tk— A~* ~ — < — * — a — a — a — a — h — n — ~ — - — p— 0— ^— D~D- ^ — P — t? — 1> U U 0 y to view; y to view, that Cit -y to view! *E^EEEE=fe?!EE3 ■^-^y-^-r-rr-fV-E to) ahfe" — «|— ■-}— < 1 — H — ri— B 1 1 — ■#-«-* — w— r- i — *s — H — ™ ' — d — l W |n?^ — J — ^_L$,_gJ._,_|_^ _^~^j_ai|*, — S— l^ — « — n — si — 3, — g, — J Its walls are of jasper,streets of pure erold and all is so love - ly there to be-hold, They say that we'll know as we shall be known and worship the Lord around the white throne, I'mread-y to go, it can-not be long till I shall go there and join the glad song, r\ __ — A— A—A— A— A — A—, a — A — A- SH3=§^tt=£=fc ': V u" -A — A — A — * — tA A— HA — h — ri — V — ** 1 S£ •J »ff m -IA — A- -4^ — fe— fe — D— J^ — &— ±~p r-j, ♦ * * * : * — T^J-r-rl- £=*=£=* A— ft— Ai_, L?5l- ^-J I want to go there, :^=P oh,yes, I do. I want to go there,oh,yes, I do, r> ft ^ S i h 0 #- oh, yes, I do. #: --&=£ r^—gzt^: m ill -P" Chorus u p P u i r- : ^ I want to go there, I want to go there, I want to go there, I want to go there, _A A . A. ggi-s— ~g -A_A— A- :E=^=—=-=t:=q-g -I* — & — A — A — |A ! — *2 :3^, jHF A » A— J Copyright 1948 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "gospel glory. ' I Want to Go Home u p B tr i ET& B 0 w -,u And live ia that land with all of the true; And live in that laud with all of the true, the good and the true; ._ A— A— A— A— A— A— = * — A-rS — g— ft— f — ft — R-n 1 — 14 — 14 — 14 — 14 — 4 — n_ e ^H .;fe=i — e 1 To be with my friends and loved ones of old will sure-ly for me, be glo-ry un-told, 7+ — ■ — 0 — P-Fh— •— ^ — • — P — - — f-~^- — i — ^— Ph — •— - B--*-- — 1 E^E^E^E3E^E^prziE^^=S^El=g=0 Rrl — £ Er— * — * — • — * — : — «i — •?-•!- &=^=^»EEq^i 3=3 >« ^$ 'Bh ^~ I want to go there, oh, yes, I do. I want to gothere,oh,yes, I do, oh, yes, I do. r> & ^ h . h Bfe *I_aI :p=d=t?=t2=U=t2=S=5Zf:e-! EEEi3EgEg=i= No. 93. America Samuel Francis smith Henry Carey ^J^S±^*=» 3* 1. My country 'tis of -thee, Sweet land of lib-er-ty, Of thee I sing; Land where my 2. My native country thee,Landof the no-blefree,ThynameI love; I love thy 3. Let mu-sic swell the breeze, And ring from all the trees, Sweet free-dom's song; Let mortal 4. Our Fa-ther's God! to thee, Author of lib-er-ty, To Thee we sing; Long may our T- i-i^rrf* *ff" '*■'— p^^-t- fa - thers died, Land of the Pilgrim's pride, From ev - 'ry mountain side Let freedom ring. rock8andrills,Thywoodsandtem-pledhills,Myheartwith rap-ture thrills Like that a-bove. tongues awake, Let all that breathe partake,Let rocks their si-lence break, The sound prolong, land be bright With freedom's ho -ly light, Protect us by Thy might, Great God, our King. -0^-m- -m- -#- -»■ -•- -•--•- ■•- -•- — ^ ^x\ — P cl — \?-\-c- iJ^d^J^k lliiBllI No. 94. Rev. G. C. Morris The Tree of Life $=*=^=*=i?. William R. Wallace ts=z 6(5 = — lh ■ — 5 a 5— J 1. There's a Tree in heav -en's gar - den where the wea - ry find sweet rest, 2. Man- y wea - ry foot-sore tray -'lers come from dust-y lands a • far, 3. Yes, the Tree of Life is stand- ms in the par- a - dise of God, * -k- -*- • • -fc* * -a- -'- » -*- -k- -fc- -fe- * ^•tez|zzi£z=riz=:S:=:S==S==s^=:s==!s=i:S=Ft:=:t==u--t=:^=:i —* C — — CtP — t? — t? — IP } ) — 4 " — H 45— t- ;£=# =±: .• j. .j a— *— u» | — And the shad- ow of its branch- es nev - er fade; Some are bleed - ing from the bruis - es on the way; 'Tis a bless - ed place of rest which He hath made; h -k, .«. .«. .«. jt/' n — Fb — rh b b b b h— b — R»— :y: fez_-£. Si--, :— ?— J*- -t I1 ^ h * — i — i — £ A A! i :i- -A 5A-1-A— :^=3=«zi:hZzJ -A1 A! A A-— j And there is a wel - come wait- ing for the faith-ful and the blest, But we see this tree up - lift - ed like a love - ly bea-con star, It will shel - ter all the pil - grims who the long rough way have trod, .9. . - -W- -»- -f>- -k- ^ * -K. A .^ m-p — ■— F# 1 U- 1 ] — * * — -r* z£=*EE3E=JE £3£ sft g- >— rig— ^-pg g a— ^— g a— ^ST-r^-^— I — -*-—*-—. In the shel - ter of And its shad - ow there And there's room for ev ■ bz=£-H» ■_ r£- 0- n: -I is a. zzsz its love - ly will mean e 'ry Chris - tian _k- ^ --- -*- -k-_ — »zzrzHZz:_t — z#zz_i: :=^==t2=z^zz:=pz=p: cool ter in i ing shade, nal day. its shade. m Chorus ==^ x_ k_^ .__ft|rl_3: ILi — J-i— # — # — Fs 1 ** The Tree of Life i is wait -ing there, The Tree of Life is wait - ing there, .«. .#. rrt- #. :|s a a a: :p=:pzzT2— b.; ==F==£: ■=1— S =fe Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory.' **=**£=£ The Tree of Life time, the V v d sands of time; com-pare, -A A g M M A y— J 5 u u the ev - er- last- ing Tree of Life sub - lime, of. life sub- lime. . is- i\ in ';js i -F- -k- 4, 4I -^- -^- 4. :^Ep=p=p=t=»=-=»=*EE;=EEEEEEEEE — c ^ — £ — 5 — 5 — fc>— s*- ^-- No. 95. Charlotte Elliott. Just As I Am Wm, B. Bradbury. 1. Just 2. Just 3. Just 4. Just 5. Just as I am! with-out one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for me, as as 5 fcfi Fa= a. « ft am! and wait - ing not, To rid my soul of one dark blot, am! tho' toss'd a-bout. With many a conflict many a doubt, am! poor wretched blind, Sight, rich -es, heal-ing of the mind, am! Thou wilt receive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve; k' w M m *-s-La — * s— *- And that Thoubidd'st me come to Thee, 0 Lamb of God! To Thee whose blood can cleanse each spot , 0 Lamb of God ! With fears with-in and foes with-out, 0 Lamb of God! Yea, all I need in Thee to find, 0 Lamb of God! Be - cause Thy prom -ise I be-lieve, 0 Lamb of God! A - . I -p- -•--* I come! I come! I come! I come! I come! I come! 1 come! I come! I come! I come! No. 96. Charles H. Huff That Wonderful Day H4 Mr-£- Doyle Hawkins EH££3E£££5 £*= =t L^i- i, 2. 3. When the Sav-iour comes for ussomewon-der-ful day, some e - ter - nal day, I am look-ing on a-head His glo- ry to see,glo-ry light to see, When we land up -on the shore of flo- ry land fair, of that land so fair, h b rH-T ^ "\ a S ,-JL * «_ «_„ k, ^ c «!_,.« € 0 0 <a -Jrf M V ■ |f p We will sail a -way with Him for-ev-er to stay, with Look-ing for the day when lle'll be com-ing for me, com And we look up -on the face of Je - sus up there, on s — k- r*_(«_«_ttt_e — — | — « — «— r* — «- +Hr« — • — f - -"— g — " — fig — ? — ESz: 9 .«- -B- f ^ I) b I the Lord to stay: ■ing down for me; His face up there, -«— gk — k — M-i v -i- " - - - And we'llride up -on a cloud so won-drous-ly fair, won- der -ful and fair, It will be a hap-py day and won-drous-ly sweet, it will all be sweet, We will sing a -loud His prais-es with that glad band, with thai hap-py band, -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- *- -A- -A- A- A- A- A- Hi a ' r1 r^ 1 1 — 1 5K K \& r«* »s as «i "*■ --& f» We'll be go -ing home with Him. His glo -ry to share, glo Jnst to know our friends, and all our loved ones to meet, all Glo - rv, glo - ry hal-Ie - lu - jah, it will be grand, it £ t -± - a r^fc Chorus. I Is) ft -a- -I— -t— -h- -- k — k— r -MH V9 -H- b \) \) [) - rv love tosh are. our dear ones meet. will all be grand. R 0 h h — =*— -=n — -«r- iEE —~ -*— Zt3— Oh, glo- ry to God, He's com-ing To our God, gam, yes, a -gam, |ggE=i — EEEip — p— g:===j Copyright 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." That Wonderful Day &z^:iz=3==:z:b~z=:=zz:j=:3=^: now pro-claim; rap -ture with Him ^ «M There with Him for - ev we shall reisn, In 1_J §3e£e£ -fl — r — i — f>— 1>— *— &- ^g-3— g h «— ^— ^— w~ ~- -h- — er we'll reign, i _rq iL r j jE . <3=p i -7^1 — l/— W ^ k D P -0— t?— f- Oh, let us then praise 1 X §§?=§=! =5j Let us praise His won-der - f ul name. His won-der - ful name, His won-der - ful same. r> h fi b h i h JL tr- ft=: £=y: :» — •— rh — " No. 97. Mrs. Margaret M. Kay & eE^£e^= 1. A-sleep in 2. A-sleep in 3. A-sleep in 4. A-sleep in Asleep in Jesus 3t=* m ^m W. B. Bradbury j - h P m Je-suslbless-ed sleep ,From which none ev • Je-sus! 0 how sweet, To be for such Je-sus I peaceful rest, Whose wak-ing is I" er wake to weep! a elum-ber meet! eu-preme-ly blest! bliss- ful ref-uge A calm and un - dis-turbed re-pose, Un-brok-en by the last of foes. Withho-ly con - fi - dence to sing That death has lost its venomedsting. No fear, no woe, shall dim that hourThat man - i -fests the Saviour's pow'r. Se-cure-ly shall my ash - es lie, Wait- ing the summons from on high. No. 98. D. G. He's Coming Back Again Darius Green m. Wf: ±-A ts==fr :=&= 1. When Je- sus left 2. A crown of thorns 3. He's com-ing back His throne on high, was on His head, some glo - ry day, ^ -+~ -»• -m S- -• m t-7. -s 1 * * A * A * £ — i-A * a x * — i To this old earth His side was pierced To take us home gJEEHEE He came to die; un - til He bled; with Him to stay; f — F— P—F— F— -y— .— -*-- 4H» ■ pi » * * * i~- 9— p:z=pr-p:zzp==t;i=p:=z p~rA~:=zzi=zz He paid our debt And then they laid And then we'll join and rose a - gain, Him in the tomb, that bloodwashed throng, -gd AZ=5--t5= ^—~=~=:^^-^±zcz\-i^s==z.z=rz^^ 11 — m- — a — h — r# p — tf_ ■ — i c# — # — ■ — k — #_j - 1 ! l-^!' ^ l> l> P u And went back home to live and reign. But He a - rose and broke the gloom. In prais-ing Him thru a - ges long. Ii P ■- -r- - J> J? J J? J? ^ :^=p=*=p="=i^=»=p=^== = J £M— ~ ^ .... ^ ..< p.. ;/ i A a— J W-* Chorus. P r, ffiz- ===zEi= -£- rg-B: i^: ffi He's com-ing back just as He said, He's com-ing back just as He said, just as He said, .0. -0. .0- -BL -0- -P. -0- 3 — 5- -^- CoDyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," He's Coming Back Again =^==s=^=:=:|=e»':z:::^= "— fH— UJ--- ■ . ^^ — • — * L[; m — tr — b- • To wake the saint - ed sleep- ing dead; To wake the saint- ed sleep-ing dead, the sleep-ing dead; £S_i^ Z C- u a a a 1 F P — Fu a ■ ■ »-] ^ k Pi P\ i -^—— ■ ~^ A P\ is i "~--_h EEg ^ -=hV= r~ ■»— g — 1 ^— ^-P-.__ f-3 •J * ° p P P And then we'll rise in ju - bi - lee, And then we'll rise in ju - bi - lee, in ju - bi - lee, -•- -•- -»- -P- -•- -■- ■•■ l_jr— t— ^--ia— Y— t'-ri.— E— iT— t: : aj — p — p — g — p- -p — P: 3 — g- :Z- t_ p_: r— P— i-, EpBp=EEnE-B -45 -r-J ^-^=^=====r= ===i=zt5=i-^=rt-^^= ^ — =? :p=r_-^= esters s ^ U l> Go home and with Him ev - er be. Go home and with Him ev - er be, and ev - er be. ... ... ... _-. ... - b j\ j £ J? frfr-5!—^ £=z--=g==£— 2=pz±£: No. 99. FAWCETT, Blest Be the Tie Hans Geurg Nageli. ^p~4- 2 r :fc te==* 1 -I a) f- &I= ^ f* Ct 1. Blest be 2. Be - fore 3. We share 4. When we the tie our Fa our mu a - sun that ther's tual der 'JTS mm f=I binds Our hearts throne We pour woes, Our mu part, It gives 3ULL &- 1$- t lj= =2= in Chris - tian love; our ar - dentpray's; tual bur - dens bear; us in - ward pain; f \h ' m r ==3tEIE3=tE3E 3E ■fc- A- The fel ■ Our fears, And oft > But we low-ship our hopes, en for shall still of kin - our aims each oth be joined r m £=P* dred minds Is like are one, Our com - er flows The sym • in heart, And hope J rV to that a-bove. forts and our cares. ■ pa-thiz - ingtear. to meet» a-gain. 3= He p tz £=?£ y<r No. 100. B. E. D. I'll Pray My Way to Heaven Bill Edd Dodson 1 s 1. While trav'ling down 2. I want to do 3. When bowed to Him life's rug- ged way, my Lord's command, in earn-est prayer, b^=y=g: SE $ 3 £- b±=tc Rt-=! — S- 45=^=^=^5 3=2*=* .J « ^ 3 ♦— -I a — ± — a — a — ■ To God I love While go - ing thru I seem to lose £— *~ « to kneel and pray; this wea - ry land; my ev - 'ry care; 1- -rs— V *=g ^ Bgzzi-sBf =:====f=:gz -p P U §==1 A— * It helps me bear That's why I talk He lifts me up my heav- y load, with Him each day, and helps me stand \> u :E==t=2S=:ft=:i======p==s h h==§~-3 "^ ~~3g- And keeps me on When I be - fore On high - er ground the up-ward road. Him hum -bly pray, while hi this land. 1 * X) P P ~ P" 17 I? Oh, yes, I'lFpray my way to heav-en, Oh, yes, I'll pray my way to heav-en, glo - ry land, ggEEE — . fi — m — p. — ^__i A- ^^=^=zts==!i==g=^=t=:E5==:ts=S=ris— t£=j =tC= t2=p={2=P==gEEt2=p=p=i:p=P=3 Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." I'll Pray My Way to Heaven W-21-* ~ M » » ♦ g — ♦ ♦— rd W-1 •j ' ' ~ p D i; P ? * -■- -■- * I want to meet ggEjjEg my friends up there; I want to meet my friends up tbere.my friends up there; — « — »_# — p. — p — p — * * — «_.^ — fc — # v ■ y u 3 — L* ^=- »_J ! * A A 4- ■* &4-i^ :*-— 1— "^ S Q P p p y v Oh, yes, I'll pray - my way to heav-eu, Oh, yes, I'll pray my way to heav-en, there to stand» S P-* k: — -h L- p. * * «_ I ~=fV =* -N- F= Bless - ed Je - sus hear e (B_ ls=— pc ^ £: 2fc P d£=*"- BtS b u : my prayer. Lord, hear my hum- ble prayer. r> p h h p F . a) -^ * * y — !==F| £= No. 101. 1 SK—ft zfczat W=l ere He Leads f $ V V I 1. I can hear my Sav-iour call - ing, I can hear my Sav-iour call - ing, 2. I'll go with Him thru the gar - den, I'll go with Him thru the gar -den, 3. He will give me grace and glo - ry, He will give me grace and glo- ry,£, -&— -p- -P- -#- -0- f. rfc — Ft b~. — h rl P^ fe£ -ftv- IEE £g -y- =£ *= -P- ip=N D t P p" i u fol - low, Where He leads me I will fol - low, ad lib D. C. for Chords. Cho. Where He leads me If i ±r ^£ !*U will J ±r 4=£ -h- ZJ 1/ y can hear my Sav-iour call -ing, Take thy cross and fol-low, fol -low me. I'll go witn Him thru the gar - den, I'll go with Him, with Him all the way. He will give me grace and glo - ry, And go with me, with me all the way. I P-t> P— ¥ fe -*— -*— *± zpzzfc^ &tn u ' u~tr 0 p b P i will fol - low, I'll go with Him, with Him all the wav. Where He leads me I No. 102. W. B. Walbert I've Left Old Egypt :?=fcfe=5=i=5: John M. Dye 1—1—* — 1- :g=* Efc—3,- tS**-- P I to- day, be-hind, ES u 5 .5 my heart a song of praise is ring-ing to - day, is ring- ing have left old E-gtpt and it's gar- lie be -hind, it's gar - lie - 'ry bridge is burned be-bindme"praise the dear Lprd,oh,praise the dear Lord, ■ * m -_JP' A _ A- -» — 9 — * — 0 — | p— * — * — r! * ° £ — ~#: -A— Fa — * — A— a — * — a— B — E? — 0 — Fa a A pi f- ~t?— Ct> — P — tP — tP — t? — t? C,p— 1?~ ^— P :1-t«— ?—l—+— :*— ( " " -A ^— r— I- ifcfcfc ? — - — ^. g=izF«==i!—^1-=:5=:«=l All my sins have been for-giv- en, tak- en NowI'm feast-ing on fair Canaan's hon- ey With my Sav-iour now I walk in per-fect 1 IN IN IS Fs A v -A— 8-r-— -■— d— ~— M— S — t 1- PUP a -way, yes, tak - en a -way; and wine, it's hon - ey and wine; ac-cord, in per -feet ac-cord; r\ I —m—rd A * A A *!_. -*-Fh— t— fc— £zz »z=t=H •-to: -U— at 1 ™ A A — g-z-t—izzi—i- -1— hrf — i — »~ EEEzd And my heart is bub-blingo - ver, riv- ers of joy Where the gen- tel Zeph-yrs blow and love- li -est flow Un - der-neath the cleans-ing tide 1 know that my Lord _^_?a--^-_Jlz?l_:?-_^ g^~ p:b=p— p— p=p: -» — are flood-ing my soul, ers there to be- hold, will care for my soul, d d A!__Ai_5__^_ P=p— p!=p— 9—p- H^A4AJ^ Fine — tt Fsi A — » ■ A — A — A S=t ■tSJ I Oh.glo- ry to God!Oh,glo-ry to Godll'mhap- py and wholej'm hap- py and whole. A won-der-fulland,a won-der-ful land of beau-ties un-told,of beau-ties un-told. Un- til I shall reach, un-til I shall reach the hea?- en • ly goal, the heav-en - ly goal. e-^3 :=!_£: h h fi ^ J h h To sing an Chorus. .-_ . v . >— ^- - - ■.•pa re-joice,to sing and re-joice beneath the bright dome,the heav-en - ly dome. h £=S==S V~ — % -^— ^_ * My soul is re '*— gil: My soul is deemed, re - deemed, I'm i J1 hap - py and ft R i s=* :z=r==-£: v CoDyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," I've Left Old Egypt whole, I'm hap -py and whole Sweet bil -lows of joy Sweet bil -lows of joy ■k- -k- k- r -F- -E- -k- -k- -k- are flood- ing my soul; I * _■ No long - er m are flood-ing my soul, are flood , ing my soul; -k- -k- -»■- 3— E fcz=fcz*= it: h I* 14 H dark-ness now 1 roam, I'm trav- el - ing the road to "Home, sweet Home," a R d & — I ^_M?— *— f— ^— •— a— *-r^-*— Ji_- s— £ ■ — i — =-1 — i — i- — a £ a & & -a :fc: P" y p y No. 103. JOHN NEWTON. D Amazing Grace WM. Walker. m ft 3 a ^ a sr » 15 f :.- ^ '1. A - maz - ing grace how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like me; 2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear. And grace my fears re - lieved; 3. Thru ma - ny dan-gers, toils, and snares, I have al - read-y come; 4. When we've been there ten thousand years, Bright shin-ing as the sun; ±afc. I once was lost but now I'm found, Was blind but How pre-cious did that grace ap-pear, The hour I 'Tis grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace will We've no less days to sing God's praise, Than when we m now first lead first I see. be-lieved. me home, be - gun. m e 2ZI ~-t fF*F=g No. 104. W. B. Walbert When We Meet Up There J. F. Durden — a-F^— i— ai— a! — zi— 1— I zzizzsjzzSzitf zzJzzizz?zz2izJ 1. When the days are long and yon'ye lost your song, and the way is dark and drear, 2. Oh, it will be sweet man- y friends to meet, in that land so brightand fair, »%-tkr-4k s*--ft & A ft 1* ft ft A A & — r-ft ft ; \ 1* \ fci=l=E*zz*_- Wheth-er weal or Nev - er-more to -0 -» -» -# _w : — ♦ — v— woe. as sigh, nev -•- izfezzftzzft: a - long you • er -more to -9 -0- -9- -fz go. die, -•- zz^zzjfcpg: look ye up it will all -e -9- »- zszz3zz:|zziizl and ney- er fear; be glo - ry there: -£_sfe k_ £i_, W — ft ft— 1-1 I-- _z_p_ -1 & ft— -ft — _* A— P- _£ _ B g [ 3 ZpZZpZZpZZiZZf v y V p P j-z^ij^^ izJzr^tizzalzza— izziz-Jzzizzizzizz±zEMzzJ:zzizzizzzzzJ Just a -cross the way is a bricht-er day for the ran-somed sared by grace, There we'll shout and sing prais-es to the King, while the cease-less a - ges roll, K -A- -*- R . -a- -9- ■•- -•- -9- .»- -9- 4- -t & — 'ft-Hft — ft — ft.-- ± ■ ft — ft — ft — ft — ft — ft— hft — * — ™ — ~n ^ H-m — n — n- ;--■■ A — n h n y H— rh n b > -9 :gz-gzz|zz|zzgzgpzzg=^z-f: fee 1=E-J fct -#c 3-^: ^zzzbzztejzzz Eizzlzz^zzfti -f) — ^ — r_p._^_.g=^z9z=i-z=pz:*zzfzzizzgzz? When we meet up there in that (Jit - y fair and be -hold our Sav-iour's face. When we meet up there we'll be itee from care, in that home-land of the soul. c . . e — e — p — p — 9—W — v — & — b1 1 Chorus. M — a — i* — JUU zjS-zft-ift — ^ — | zz When we meet up there in that home be-yond the sky, When we meet, meet up there star-ry sky, -A- -A- h f> h ■0- -0- -9- -f— -f- -0- -9- -0* . ) M Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." When We Meet Up There g^EfeEE '-*- -sH-p— tp— t? Nev- er-more to roam, nev- er-more to say good-by; Nev- er-more sad- ly roam, to say good- by; ■PbJ 25 C* S S i; A It A A A— f£ P— P F- Thereto live on high with the hap- py.glad and free, Sweet-ly live thereon high the glad and free, 0. .0. — -i_ .m. .0. —iw m 1 1 -I ' r I 1 — fire — a — i, — a — I* — = — * — * — * — * — ifc— t-tfc- — a- £= * -■ — ^T ■ — J^h-P— =, ty_£_£_3_ p "p— tr Safe £=£= 3 — g — g— arr- ^ V 9 There to sing and re-joice thru the long e - ter- ni - ty. There to sing and re-ioice thru the lone,the long e - ter-ni -ty. -*- -*-" ■*■ *■ -*- p ^ h fe -Z P fc.. K*-t- t-i: -t- . No. 105. Give Me Oil in My Lamp Unknown Arr. by Adger M. Pace I •J JULJVi- m. t 4=i- i=s± £=it==fe -fy — J- -*—*—4—*- ^ Hzxfc: -*■ -*- -*■ 5- 1. Give me oil in my lamp, oil in my lamp, Give me oil in my lamp I pray; 2. Give me joy in my soul, joy in my soul, Give me joy in my soul I pray; sftazS — [?— r& — a — Is — \^~r\ — | — * — r — a a rA a - -*t- pzz:tz=p=pr- L ] - --■-■■ §S£ :pL_pC — p — a — r — a — A_p — a — g_ p a 1— p— tr-h-b-p-11^-^ r A_&. 4- ■ft-fr-p =d=±;eJes -± iiiiiii! 1/ 9 Give me oil in mylamp,keepmeshin-ing in the camp, Un- til the break of day. Give me joy in my soul,hal-le - lu-jahsthenwillroll,Un-til the break oi day. -F- -F- -F- A A -k- -k- -k- -k- * -F- -W- P" P" :s=£=fc -p-F-t :fc i^r I P — I 1 — r-~ No. 106. Adger M. Pace "Follow Thou Me" B. F. White ^=^=^=±=E^z:±' -F-fc Fh — =t5- 1. In 2. He 3. Oh, tbe dear is say- my wea -*-. -A- -b— fcr old Bi - ble we read the bless- ed sto - ry, ing un - to the sin- ner now, from heav - en, -ry broth-er, the Lord to you is say - ing, -A- i. „ -A- A- -A- -A- A- =A=fe=s=t5:=E?;=:iA— £=k=t=tz ._fc_4Jt* £=!- n U ^ tt£ H n P P P '■> U tt u v tt5 g p p p p y v How the Sav-iour said,"Coine,fol-low me,Come, fol -low thou nie," "Leave the ways of sin and fol- low me, yes, fol -low thou me," Hal- le - lu - jah; "Lay your burdens dowu and fol- low me, oh, fol -low thou me," §5 I A is— ■- — ■ — i — Itb — s — » — F — w — s — s — w — »— -h — 4 — » — «» — ■■ — h W J: _*_--: IIU—H^- 0 a 1 1 1 L* . 1 ■ 0 El. fx—0 9 -s 4 * ♦ * — C3 3 # jU ♦ -I* — »- Pe - ter, James and John the be - lov - ed, saw His glo - ry, You will find that un - to your soul there will be giv - en Give to Him your ev - er - y weight and cease de - lay - ing, -A- -A- -A- SA- S -i j— f~ s=fe=ts=ts=ts-fc=S^t=:E*— t=|c=|sz=|s: —I p — P — P b~~P — P ^ — • — '" ~-h" """ — « id « Cj"# =J5: P r 2± ~p: -p--i — — _A)_ * U " • 9 And they said, dear Lord, we'll fol - low Thee, we will Kest and peace to thrill and set you free, that will And some day you shall His glo - ry see, shall His h B & -A- -A- -A- „ -A- SA- ». P "A- -A- fol - low Thee set you free, glo - ry see. h P :p=:^=£: -•K Chorus. r* H >• p -p > l1 J J J * J/ *] >* i • * . .« -* * j^ *, *i r . >• 1 a' -0- £ ■ flw • •j b b p u ' o ' r ' p "Come a -long and fol - low me," our Sav - iour "Come and fol -low me," our bless -ed Sav-iour "Fol - low, me," our Sav - iour -A- -A- -A- -A- _ Sp*- 5 ^1 is h 3 k. k- p k F 1 y 1 P ' P Copyright 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." "Follow Thou Me" i said, and said, and said, and will give I will sure-ly give I will give you SRF=E " pi 3i^ — 0 0- I / k k k k - « .£■-*- j 1 k- '"i m m m n rest; you rest, I will give you rest; you rest, »==— »— <= =T nI3 k — — k L * — t? p- Tru- ly shall be giv - en And tru - ly you shall be giv - en I — H 1 • — » — 0 — 0 — o - ver yon -der, ft fi -*- -A- r> h W_A A 5 =^- Fr= fcEJ K= , -• • — -0- _ sweet :r=£r.^z: ^=^"fc«^=fc a-^Esf== ===== =ii hap- py homo with all the blest. . e with all the blest. with the good and i J -; -J i & ft h M .h i h h i i wh r> No. 107. S. F. ADAMS. Bethany " A-——- 7± =a: I B 8 Lowell Mason. <i 4 1 tstsfct P5 w -zkz& -p*7-^ ^•-4 J- i5=^r 1. Near- er, my God to Thee, Near-er to Thee! E'entho' it be across 2. Tho' like a wan -der -er, Daylight all gone, Darkness be o - ver me, 3. There let the way ap-pear , Steps un - to heav'n; All that Thou seudest me, I •' "far- . *>. _ I -Es- pgfT s Jt #fe? s: S3 -&-SH :1s-t- f^T Fine. d ^ i D. S. — Near-er, my God to Thee! . , , . D.S. ^^ 3 3=* xfc Thatrais-eth me! My rest a stone, In mer - cy giv'n; aJ * gfe :&=£ Still all my songs shall be, Nearer, my God Yet in my dreams I'd be, Nearer, my God An -gels to beck -on me, Nearer, my God g g I : g J ft g to Thee! to Thee! to Thee! g=3t -fSr. £ Near - er to Thee! No. 108. Adger M. Pace He's a Friend of Mine J. L Freeman 1. Oh, the joy and peace 2. I was lone and sad 3. There is nothing now that is in my breast, when He came to me, for my soul to dread, gpE A- -A- -A- t=t=t 3-lE— s-tg-|s-jr— 5 :c 5=£ £* A~l- V-iHrV-V 9 — W— • -a ■--' < ^1- 0 0 U U— fcr3 — Jtst -*— •<— rj— *— r^- Since the Lord came in And I had no hope For I now can see te jHg-g-M=£=£ and my heart has blest; of e - ter-ni - ty; bet-ter things a-head; IN j pr-g— p— izrpzjEzr g=ppzr^s .g j , t>_,- . — I 1 1 5I_i_Ll Tak-ingall my cares But I let Him in I've a home with Him ; £Lij and my doubts a - way, and He saved my soul, on the oth-er shore, P — p m — j 1 -A- -A- -A- -A- -4- -4- -A- g 0 r — F — r -*- -I*- . — c^— ^— 1?~ p— tp— 13— c^— p— p— "- r-rsrtr-tn- tMMfed Giv-hig me the song And 1 leaped for joy And I mean to live S b 0 P p£ P P that I sing to - day. when He made me whole, there for -ev-er-more. -A- -A- -A- ~ I g p • p a l-i :±=tf=^=P=P=fci=t2=P=! a- -*- - -^ fc) ^ fr l r> -A- r; Chorus. ^_^_^__^__^. •=j— ^— i^zij— aj-^i ■HB-r EEEgEE^gE^EgE^ I'm so glad to know He's a Friend of mine, I'm so glad to know He's a Friend of mine, %~mo3-±:jlJl ,-ui— -A,— A p-^-b-p-f- 1* A-j Copyrighl,i948,by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Glory." He's a Friend of Mine h- — — P— ^— ^H-*-*— ^— ^ - J— •~r?-^= __ 7-*-1 And Hesaies my bob! thru His grace di - vine; ?soul thru His grace di-vine, thru His grai m ft ft ^ H P - - -A- 9 J> -A •*- -*- And Hesaies my bob! thru His grace di - vine; And He saves my soul thru His grace di-vine .thru His grace di -viae; And whenl someday, shallHts glo-ry see, And when I somo day shall His glo-ry see, shall His glo-ry see, -♦- -♦- -• -♦- •put: -^--if—V-- t-J* -A -A- A- -A- -A- -A- — 1_ — | 1 1 1 [* — i a ■ ■ b. — ^s ■- :— fhHBrnriHHH^ 2^B 0 "1 '*" ; .ft ft r>P -fe b J> >, r-. ■ '■■ — -^ fi ^=P=fei" -« m 1 — 3 — _ — t r d I will praise His name thru e-ter-ni- ty. 1 will praise His namf thrn e - ter-ni - ty, thru e-ter-ni - ty. -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- m J> ft ft ^ ^ eg ^ : i_a r * i ^ §_£ I p * *-- - b. * n ^+— V— -*>— V V V — ^ — =- — ^— V— VP- A— H L - Lr^ -TV u No. 109. A. M. TOPL.ADY. Rock of Ages Thos. Hastings. s Fine. I 1. Eock of a - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee; 2. Not the la - bor of my hands Can ful - fill the law's de-mands; 3. While I draw this fleet- ing breath. When my eyes shall close in death; £e£ as &± $=■ £ & D.C.Be of sin the dou - bie cure. Cleanse me from its guilt and pow'r. D.C.A11 for sin could not a-tone, Thou must save and Thou a - lone. D.C.Rock of a - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my -self in Thee. D.C. J -Aj 5L it t— fr snHtilip £ * Let the wa - ter and the blood, From Thy wound-ed side which flowed, Could my zeal no res -pite know, Could my tears for - ev - er flow, When I soar to worlds un-known- See Thee on Thy judg-ment throne, -*- • £-* ^m tfcf: t T £ «=* V=P ■A- T- No. 110. A, M. P. Just Beyond the Sunset Adger M. Pace -£ is=ft :£=-* =* :* *=3 P P' 1. Just be -yond the gold - en sun - set, gold - en sun - set, 2. Just be -yond the gold - en sun - set, gold - en sun - set, 3. Just be -yond the gold - en sun - set, gold - en sun - set, h h p jp. ^: .*. y y 1 3 t) & £ xt $: *fc itxzjz g I -O1- -^. -*- And a ■ cross Af - ter night On that morn -tr-tr the rag - ing' foam, the rag - ing foam, has passed a - way, has passed a - way, ing bright and fair, so bright and fair, .«. jfe. :E fr. «t- .k. .». .^. .*. .?_ -?L XL tr :^=^: a — g r^» *~ tr =3S=fc :=&: Stands a man I'll be -hold I shall en Be :£—* :=J- PI ■p— P v P U sion bright with glo - ry, bright with glo - ry, that love -ly man-sion, love - ly man-sion, ter that fair man-sion, heav'n-ly man-sion, h p n -«- — -* I . y y . 3 I fcfc=£ SE£ :=1- -^ —A tr-tr— p — ♦ M — ♦ — ._. — g — A — ;_ :=n: ^ -■- P It is my At the break And my Lord fc -__-tr__,*_Ji: : -U ^~ y w U r e - ter - nal home, e - ter - nal home, ing of the day, that bet - ter day. will greet me there, will greet me there. ft* ^ P) * J^ ' ^==t2I i Chorus. £=*=:£ # e; Just be - yond -*- act -#■ K the gold - en sun - set, Just be - yond the gold - en sun - set, gold- en sun-set, a* — * — *. £ 14- # Copyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," P=£=£ Just Beyond the Sunset ■— A ▲ — -a * • a — \rs • Just be - yond the gold - en shore, f= Just be - yond the gold - en shore, the gold - en shore, ft»- Sk- -k- -«- *• —I 1 1 L-ft 0- V V V * p=5=£= ft ft — 9 f sion wait-ing for me, I've a man-sion wait-ing for me, wait-ing for me, ^?=^— :r=tE— k— -bii- b=b=rt— i— : fat=£rt :£=£ i^ife: :±: ->- — *- v—v And 'tis mine for • ev - er - more. And 'tis mine for - ev - er - more, for - ev - er - more. :IE=pz ft >. Coda =-4UlPJI-J %* — • — # — 0-£<s> '— — —ft — ft a — P^ •—•! Just beyond the gold - en sun-set time, Beyond the sun-set time, the gold- en sun -set time, §5 -^~— v.— -%—%—%— %.- - ^r=^q=^-^=^=P=P=P-g=g: * » ^_^E3^^=^^?_=5:-f_=S -*— *— F- •J 1 -^nTTV^rv Is a mansion bright, 5 * and it is mine. t-r^ $=: A hap-py man-sion bright and it is mine, for - ev- er, it is mine. M. JL ... -ft|ft- * Q». -k- Aj j* ft £ J? J :fc=fc=fc=£- E£dt &=**=*=^^^^ No. 111. W. B, Walbert The Love of Jesus -4H-J- James D. Walbert fcst 544 1. Oh, the love of Je - sus, 2. High-er than the moun-tain, :*=&=£: * * * *_m_ —4 4 — * — =1 5— How it thrills my soul, Deep-er than the sea, \ -tg b jr- F— I* 5= T™ ■ 1 tZ~8 «« R R i rs h # *=£ -£- i. j. i n Grow-ing still morepre-cious, Sparkling like a foun-tain, = Mel keep-isg glad and whole: keep-ing glad and free; r^tfe— 1£±$: -*s* * « tt» .* rSi J-* — n— --*\— Z ^--h—h-^P -45- =b: — ^-* * ♦ -5 « « M — . 53 H^ *D ♦i « 1 1 '- w- — ~ •-- 1 Love that bro't the dear Sav-iour Thru the a • ges e - ter - nal, to dark Cal ■ va - ry, al - ways just the same, *-fcJs tez3£3= 35£e£e££ --,-£ *■ 1 r— R H r * * j m A 4 F r-Q^ A g ui A — 9 « A — ■*-- • /. / "*"• *1 Love that nev - er chang-es, bound-less, full and free. Love of Christ, su -per-nal, praise His Ho- ly name. R R k i d»: =t3: 4£ — »- :t: -tr-tr k— fc>k k ar— «£-- ' S~3 Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory Chorus. The Love of Jesus -*_ M * M - of r. » L'i >>-■** — * — * — ,"— T b 5 ^i t fr 8 b His love, ob,such won-der-ful love, His redeeming great His love e - ter-nal, yes, His love is su- per - nal, —^ -PI — i *- — i -■ — i -- ___= EE___t__=|__i__-_— *— ST^P . P P p :=_____ t— MS; — - — ^^-p* — a— t- F — H«-i-3— ?- tr-p— _r p 0 P u-F love, sent from heav- en a- bove; great love was sent to us from heav'n a-bove; P Free ^-^^^S-S-_=_-__^:t__: 4 — A — A — _ — * — bt — ff -f>— f)— f> f-j r~R*f ■!— ' w-n p P P P P^1 p-^ P^j Per p grace, oh, such marvelous grace, His in- fi-nite grace, Free grace and glo-ry, and 'tis such a sweetsto-ry, __-__: — _;__£- £__£—£ |cj — p_p_pz_ t=r r r PPPP.P p ppp D.S. Lote,(For-e? - cr)flowing,glo-ry(and)lovo,(on us His) un-chang-e-a- ble lovo,be-stow-ing, fl_E^^^________l__E_|__E__a___|gy purchased for all the lost race, Keeps the soul so hap- py, for the whole lostrace.lt keeps the trust- ing soul so hap- py, __. -A- A- a- 8_ ___ =S_5_fes--fEE:^fc)£-f__— — :_zF==tiz^zp=pzP=tp=pz^Eg=|:===:- From the great Cit-y aboTe , from the throne above. zz_-=to;±^4=i} /3___5=*|£:__3=«=2 _).£. Higpl si - free and whole,oh,praise Him, glo-ry, hal-le-lu-jah, free and whole, praise His won-der- fulname for- ev-er- more, #_g-Jfr_4LJfe.-*- fczi_:J=Wi: gg-ft"lz-:_Eg____#_g -j_^-g±g-r-p-^p-»-p- -«-a- No. 112. W. B. Walbert Press On, Pilgrim Band m m ±*z -A — (*. -I 1 m- ■ r> » *■ i=tf=d -fc- ±===h==s=ts Earl Conway 4 1. As you jour - ney here 2. There is glo - ry just a=* l=i m be - low, hap - py pil ■ grim band, a - head, for the tried and true, "&M? A V tfc-|4_ :p=p=b.=t.zz:tp: z=|sz=bs=z=t=S==t -A :t=: $: *-§*: -3— S-~- rf>=±— t=fcfc Walk ev -'ry day with - in the straight and nar - row way, with Je- sus; Press ev - er on, my broth- er, with a hap - py song, and praise Him; 4— — F— ? — X- r— t?— p— D~ t?— 9~ — ±1I2 -N 1 ■— — j -R *1 ~D~ 13 *|J4--A A A A ,} ^H* » 1* * =A=to £-- *- -y- :^=zp±: -hj- £: e) y Sing hal - le - lu • jah to His name with heart and voice, And glad - ly There is a bright and shin- ing crown wait-ing for you, Up yon-der feterfc -*- -*- -*- +- =u^_l._l|l=dSZ=|£==fcl=|S=Z|l=|i= ■*- -A- :ts=js=ts=n: bi2=zJ==t3=E: at: :± 4>— ^ hee^=i=:=3 -^— ^=^-^-r. =izi=l=4 *=* — q: mag - ni - fy and praise Him, make Him now your choice, in that Cit - y just be - yond the az ■ ure blue. & -*- -P. -k k 4r_J£__«. :p=!*=^fe=|s=?=tt=:t=^ t2=t2=t3=tj?=(?=t4==r= :t= Chorus. £4t$ — 5 ±z_ =D=t -'2=2: fc=s=M Press on, $=£=$=2=4 =fs=q=frz oh, pil-grim band, to that sweet summer land, Home of the Press on, -A- -*■ to that A- F_«_r ==p=:t2=:?=t2zz:tp=t=E=:p=bx:?=?=z?=t p v i> \j Copyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory, trtr *=*: Press On, Pilgrim Band „ „3 — i — v—\-^— -^p« — d— — i — i — 3 — L^ A. :f -3=E3zzH; - — ^ I TT •*" ran-somed soul, ran-somed soul, :sh-s- f-» — ♦ — * — * — ^ — ^ — r — h- zzzt *zz |c -jj — ±— 3 — *- -^— 5 Praising Praising Him who died to 3ave us, =EEE zzzhzz p- Iszzfc teliZZZJZZZftZZZZ^— =]: =N: '■=t5=q=^5=^;=E3: --ft- :zzz=?zzzz=g: Je-sus,themight-y King, making your piais-e3rine,loud-ly ring, for - ev -er; -A- ::izz a^^zz£z==— Mifzr^zz^zz!!' IZpzzpzzfc: I-"-' g-tzzp: -t— F^- — Lr= ^^=^zz==z:i^^=^— p^=iz=izz=^z^zzz==zpJ== f *! 2 < A A J A—1 J p Tell of His matchless love, com-ing Tell of com-ing 4- f— \r from heav'n above, Glad Yes, and -A- -A- -h- -\~ ifc |azzIs: -A- -A- :|szziizz!sz: t ipzzp: ZBZZ|szziizzjsz:L^: i in _^_*_^_«_k__ 4 *- :|szr|£zz|iz=t=z=pztiz — a :tzz^zztJzitz:»zipztpzzz:-zzz •j zzfczzz— zzE£=E ly glad - •l_zz_ :z± :a: ^zznzzpzzpzzzzzpzzfz Glad - ly ..ft— J— JJ-j—i- ^zz-z=5— Jzz-z smg, Bow down be- fore Him, ly sing, oh, look up tfzzzzzzzzzg: and sing, tap J- t- £ c k k 1 shout &=$=£=£=. loud and sing, -f)-- 1 I5-J- SfeJE3EE|E§E&E3EEg :czs: bs=:i: f rati Z£ T wot- ship, a • dore Him, He is our Sav-iour,King,Sav-iour, Lord and King. -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- - zz_t:_r— #-4z_-t_-tr— ' ^^szztKZztszztszzszrEgzztzz zpzzr=:t3zztzztzzEzzzzzz ! ^bJ ^ n h ±ts zfcr.1 No. 113. Watch the Light Just Ahead W. C. C. ' Walter C. Carter 1. As 24 € — =n:H ^zzzpzp — 4 ■0-- :z£ you go a - long thru life's bus - y throng,Watch the light 2. When the way is clear there is naught to fear, 3. Broth-er,Stop and look, lis - ten to the book, -A A m w_ Watch the light _* A_ -' — _t -#- just a -bead, just a -head, 'Tis a warn- ing sign of the dan- ger line, If your heart is pure and you would be sure, In no oth- er trust, but in Christ yon must, A A A rA A — A * =— r toz=zz-.Eg=t=t:=:t=f=:f=ftz=t:=c:z=t:=?z:ff=5^=:r:= 'P— — h— A A A A A — r-A A A A A — rA— A A 1 y b* 1 5 b1 — 1 1 1 b1 — b" — 1 1 1 'JUlJCJL m -&— h zfe «j w|- =£ Watch the light Watch the light ::fc=:35=fL| , E -a — J 1-1 — iH 1- just a -head, a -head;When it warns you stop Let it guide your steps It will guide you straight > — J^_h.,^L A -#- i ^ • j. ♦ « « - 1 and the gate barsdrop,Oh, "Be- ware," is the wordJe-sus said,He said, Do not to the One whohelps,Our Re-deem-er, the Christ,who hath said, hath said, "Fol-low to the pearl-y gate, And our home where no sin is to dread, to dread, What a 111 r\ . -N A_A— A_rA---?— f— A_-_,_.^_ll_4! A< d_ * 1 — - i 1 — K b> — b P B — »■ m =t3=t :t--tzzt= 1— -v — v- --9—g=^ -I n- V- :t-: :- — ^=t?=U - J 1 r i ven-ture thru till the light bids you, Oh, my friend watch the light just a-head. me," a-long and "in Me be strong And with faith, watch the light just a-head, a-head. joy 'twill be thru e - ter- ni - ty, Just to live in that light just a-head. Ul_a_s_aL_aI ■5l_a_k_a__a_ _*_a— a_ J_*L_-* Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." Watch the Light Just Ahead Chorus. ¥==s& — If5 -fc—fc- :' ■■■■ ^Sjz= ' ■ Watch the light that is just a-head, Watch the light and by Watch the light Watch the light jj_bl — ^fc._^" — * tfc. — k — k — *■ — 5 -w- * i i . S ' I ~ wp__»-. y^ — A — 1^ — A — -*— b* — — ~F — ~ — fe -m — a- it by led,Wateh the light ev -'ry night and day, you will find Watch the light von will find >__ A_A__A_A A-rA A Vm a !^-HA £- & ^ r -1 — r— t- it will pay; it will sure- ly pay; Fol-low on, in the way of love, Glad- ly fol - low on, IN 0 l> U b ! Till you're safe with the saints a -bove,Trav-el on, Till you're rest-mg safe Broth-er,trav- el on, *=-=^ -» ■ — >- — ■- -Ht 1* Hi — *: Ucte&ci trtr 2 iJzz3z3=*zEE£ nev- er dread, keep jour faith, watch the light just a -head. there is naught to dread, that is just a-head. i^p * *=*= p-b £=£— I QEjE==Z~z3 No. 114. Adger M. Pace The Highway Grand m U-A. 1 1 1 1 « —\ *| 1 1 1 -j u Woodrow Sides fr i 1. I'm walk-ing the high- way that leads me up to the glo- ry land fair, 2. This won-der - ful high-way to glo - ry is the great highway of love, 3. I'll trav - el this high-way to heav-en, beau -ti -ful home of the soul, ■s— -—z—s ^ & *— r^ s * — fc • ^ — s fc — r^- **==*=& mm^S=m m tp=p=g=£=3 3 & i sm And Je - sus is lead -ing me on - ward each pass • ing day; And Je • sus has called it the high - way of Ho - li - ness; With Je • sus my Sav- iour, Re - deem - er and King di - vine; f — §k f- t^H» ft ft 1* P 1* *=*=£ iprnqEZzn: -fc/- ^e^zz^z^^^^j^^z^^^z^^ ^&a=5 3]zz:i]=£ -&— & I The light of His glo - ry is o'er me, shin -ing with beau- ty so rare, 'Tis lead-ing me on-ward and up-ward in - to that Cit - y a - bove, And there I shall live in His pres-ence while the long a - ges shall roll, ^HEp— Vzz$==?=5=-\:=z p=p=p=:fcfc=£ S=S t&: £ e£e3e^=£=± IN 1 :a)zzq=sf. jgzdArzr^j ^ 1?. That's why I am sing • ing and shout- ing a - long my way. Where I shall be giv - en a life - crown my heart to bless. And praise Him for sav - ing and keep- ing this soul of mine. ft §£«z -t: -W- -*- -A- :t__1r_t: -■- -£■ s 5=5: ±=£ fc Chorus, w "j2r-^ — N- fc &--J: Z± 1 V tt-r P=t- m~m- This won- der- ful High - way This old gos- pel High-way,bless-ed Highway rich and grand, grand, Efc 5: ipzzzpzzrp: :pz=p=:p=p: :p=p=pzipz=p=] Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in" Gospel Glory " The Highway Grand ^tei-E m m 2 > m «_tf* m -=!— s- ^: UUu'UppUUpU^pU Will lead me to glo - ry land, It will lead me on and up-wavd to the glo- ry land, -■- -!*- -I*- i§E 5?^zz^z=g: — i 1 — qp — * — i — I — i — i — ri — t|^ — i — m — I — , "tp— p~ y— p- P Where Je - sus is reign -ing with glo - ry up ■ on His throne; gE^^f^: ^r^r^^^^^^-^ it at -o- I And I shall keep sing ing there, I shall then His hap - py prais- es keep on singing there, £d2 BE ie^y^b t2=?=t3ZIZpZr=t2=[P=t2=t2=Et2=P=:t3=t3=t2=3 =d2 ij u 5 5 w u u With all the re-deemed ones fair, With the an -gels in their glo- ry and redeemed ones fair, 7^5 r-l 1 M* P 1 -| P — r- — f-H ** 1— — ' — -|— ~i fcfc EE! p-p-^— p-Lp- £ 1 p=^==^r=^z=i—^ -*\ 2c - — l ij ♦ — fj '* ♦ r— ^ — fr± For - ev • er and er with Je - sus my King, my own. I ._»• mm ZmZ=ZZO—tt —v- ?==p= No. 115. I'll Rise and Fly Away (In Memory of Rev. C. C. Holtzclaw.who went to heaven.March 7.1947) E. W. 0. Edgar W. O'Dell j ^4^-T< H ♦ ~f H 1 1 1 H -•* 0 1 1- ^=fi=3b=s -41 — A — A — A- G*3 1. Go- ingup yon-der,ner- er to wan-der,go -Da meet my Lord and King,my Sav-ionr, 2. Some of these morn-ings and with-ont warn-ings. He will sure-ly split the skies,l'll see Him, £-. *--*—* WA A- b 0 t> fir -a— #■ Sing-ing the sto- ry,shont-ing His glo- ry, prais-ing Him in ev-' 'ry-thing,Oh glo- ry ; Com-ing in glo- ry,won-der-fu! sto-ry,and the saints will all a- rise, to meet Hi»; ssspg^a^^^ TTX-tTP tr-tr-tr -^=- BE -0—0 — 0 K-0 — 0 — 0 — 0 — m. — 0--0 — • — 0 — 0 1 V 0— 0 M-# — 0 — 0 — 0 — B — - -J 1 — * 1 1 1 1 1 — A A A is &' A A A : s=p p=a=fe Go - na re-joice with heart and with voice and walk a-long the streets of gold, with Je -sua, Heav-en-ly sing-ing then will be ring-ing when I meet them in the air, up yon-der, I* ft * H — ^— 5 — - — -3 — 3 — « — ♦ — ♦ — « l-r 0 — 0 — 0 — 0 f A A-LA- -A A A Chorus. What a glad time I'll have in that clime,His hap-py prais-es to ex- tol. Glad-ly re-joic-ing,praisetoHim voic-ing, go-ing to the Cit - y fair. Oh iis-ten, -A- -A- -A- -A- A- -A- A- ^"-t--"£-k-t-— t-t:^ ff_0_0-_0_#_k— ^c±}— ^ — $T0-Vrtn? — I * — t— V 1* — r — T* — +--*-913 On some to - mor - row, I'll rise and fly a- Some e-ter-nal, on some glad to-mor-row, oh I'll rise and fly a- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- A -A- -A- B :t:t-_:t-_-t- — m — itv— tt_-t_-t-- -|a |a ^ te-TST-^+g a % ~ E a_ k \k Is tt _fi «_. 0_« ^z^=b=bz:==b=±r2:hz=M=b=b-=b=^=t2: Copyright,1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." feE=g I'll Rise and Fly Away -M — *— — Lsii- way, To that fair Cit way.flyawayupliighnithJesus, TotheCit-y, that fair Ho-lyCit-y, 4 "| J£ m'_lullm'_J.m" k '*'- * * • * -r v*1 I y, for - ev - er there to stay; Then and for - ev-er there to staj,with the saints I'll stay for-ev- er; I'll be hap-py, -*- -*- m ' « v. '*■ i£ ~±- '£ —- :f^"'f_"_:tz. tl.- 5 — . ~ 1 — j^t" = — ■— •— ■ — •— F — i~ ~5i A A A 2 ?ZZ=P=5zt3 '■-P— 3—ri — 5: Be b P) h -/* £ iJ- — fr- iz: 1_. I'll be hap - py, no more in sin to I'll be oh, so hap-py, and no morein sin to g F-r *— f— «— F" f \—r £— T— -ST-- C- g^ ■Jr-44-M^ i J " roam; Safe thru the roam, from my Sav -iourroam,But I'll be Up in heav-en, thru the -f-_1 £_ ___ ■*- "*- * "*■ '*" -is a - ges, endless a-ges, yes, my e - ter-nal home. & in my e -ter-nal honie,my e -ter -nal hap-py home. ■+-- -F- +-• -h- -F- 4 * -■- -«- i. I J -j— p_p_ u— y — • — h — ■ — h-l~— •—•—•— #-h ■ h- -,=t2z^=b=t=-gzig=JL=jbbb^=r~-ZZ No. 116. He Will Roll the Shadows Away Mrs. S. W. Mrs. Shirlene Walker -F>— 4> f>— 1 -K-r- .— 6— &- j-ft-l a — Fal J at ♦ — tg,- * -g ah — al — - 1. Of - ten times in this life we grow dis - cour - aged, And our 2. There are man- y whose hearts are sad and lone - ly, Life to 3. Yes, this life here be - low is filled with sor - row, And it -U fe ^— al — 1 — al — i — 1 — ai— h5f- tl ••- s_ bur - den are heav - y to bear; them seems so emp- ty and drear; seems that we can- not go on; -•- -#- -•- -*- -#- frf. — K Lt i. a a M- — »p-y — g — p — p — EJ — *— F,*f- :ff" — ,> ^ k — k — (k._ — :£=Et=t=£=t==t=t:= - — r-g— -I — a'— Fal p . et~v al — al~ =&==&: *=*= 30 Man- y friends turn a - gainst us, the But if they would but trust the dear But if we will trust Je - sus and -A S- =^=£=S-' pthzfr 4— & 4 -al al— Fai 1 a] 5~ ,— =E5 sj=3=l world is all wrong, And no one comes our bur- dens to bear. Sav - iour each day, All the shad- ows would soon dis • ap - pear, hold to His hand, He will lead us to heav - en our home. 7D — P~ CHORUS jk. k._ -k — it- -F=tr :E*: -p — p- r *r i p =5=*— §=t==E^=:45=^=^==^^3 P V t .0. .0. v- V t P There is One who knows just when your heart is break-ing, One who knows your heart is break-ing, 1*- ^ _ -f— -1— ■#■ ~ "~F*— ^= . *=~ ~Pr~- ')', m p— w ~ «*_ *~t ZZ3fc B- P" k — it — tt it tt k. — | p— P— $— $—?— P p p— r~p :£— : £— 4 *M^ b p p p y * y ' p There is One who knows just when jou are blue, He knows just when you are blue, :»: T. :£: :A: :A: £: ±r -t- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in" Gospel Glory " He Will Roll the Shadows Away m&. PT * g 3 [i V 3 B B i R R S =F5=$=g p P, p -•- ij -»■ ? t> P p B When the shad-ows hov - er near, And there's no one comes to cheer, Shad-ows near, No one cheer, ■A- _ -P- -•- ij 4; tr~ p F — ^ 3=£ ■^lil^i^H P P @ Go to Him and He'll help you ev - 'ry hour of the day; Him ev - 'ry hour of the day; §S3EE=I=£ -P-;, __^P- _-• EEEt:==|:=:=fifc=3 — p ■ "5 — p te=-- ^^z=5=?==i^^=^=:Ef|i=i=£==iz==i==i I 7 "P" u u s * ■ r> i It is Je - sus, our Re-deem-er, bless- ed Sav-iour, Je - sus, Sav-iour, bless- ed Sav-iour, -A A- P~=:^ . 1 ^ — ik. 1 P P— . g: -- Fp — * — n — p — p — p— I ptt =F^==^^^=^N^==^ _p# *fc— 2 — «- — ^— Fi — * — B — P — "— -i *— _ he i * tm — L^ i i i . fcfc: -!*-*-p- P P P p P P ' He's the tru-est best Friend to you, In the time of great need He's a Tru - est,dear-est,bestFricud to you, In the time of need He's a r cm = #_Jt.-fl_|j_:£_R_ft.^ P, p^, fi-g ftt£ — = F™ P — * — i 1 — h* — ■ — * — * — *— r* * — ' *— ■* — I U P-P P -i — c^ — b- p p v u p true Friend in-deed,And I know He'llroll the shad Friend in-deed, Know He'll roll ows a- way. the shad-ows a - way. •■ h — -P_p — • — ■ 1— p p Lp~ it r— r— r No. 117. I Am Going To That City Rev Rupert Cravens Lee M. York ^=3=^ -aJ al- ■afr— il- 1. In a home of pure de -light, built of man - y man- sions bright, 2. In that Cit - y of the soul, my e - ter - nal shin - ing goal, 3. Jas- per walls and streets of gold, beau- ty that can ne'er be told, ^J= «t=t f- :5=^=^=p=t— £=£: i-r p" 1" r * ■ tr- ^— r~ p £Efe g^^^^^^^^S^F^^^^ SE3^3 :^: Lai — lU ■0^— 0— f Par be - yond the rest - less surge of time, the surge of time; There are joys no mor - tal man has known, no man has known; I shall see with - in that Cit - y fair, that Cit - y fair; -_- -^- ~w. r — _9_ — .v— 3 ft — ft- $=#=£ IS £ —at — gS P E 1= F=fr 1- 1 t? 1^-^ h Those I've loved and lost a while, greet-ing me with ten - der smile, And when trav-'ling here is done, at the set - ting of the sun, But the best of all to me, Je - sus' face I there shall see, -A- -A- -A- E r 1- * -tf— *tf ^^^^iim^^ u 5 f »5 r I shall meet to know in love sub - lime, in love sub - lime. I shall go to live a -round the throne, a - round the throne. And shall live with loved' ones o - ver there, yes, o - ver there. Br- ^H i^=t: D .&■*& #*= t=$=3%=%=^==& *=te Chorus. |S |S k ft h ir^-iii ft-, rJ!-h ft 4-tL r ... :-^&-g=§=%^ ■r -f I'll be go - ing in the morn-ing, 6o -ing in the morn-ing, go - ing in the morn- ing, -•- -»- -»- -•- -»- -•- v -P- £g=^EEB=£EBEEgEEg=E- '" ; ~ P=3=g=g— 6 b- Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." I Am Going To That City ~,— s — r* — " * — * — _ — l — 0 Je- sus saves me and I'm read-y to go, 'Twill be glo - ry Saves me, I'm read-y to go, Glo- ry then to greet Him, -P- JL .p. -*. -#- *= -I 3?- h: — - -y izac x:: just to greet Him, And to leave all trib- u - la-tion be -low; glo- ry just to greet Him, Leave all life's suff 'ring be-low; 1 — IP' P/ VS— P— b— .p. .■_ j. .p. .p. r=t£=^=£=k=£ __r_k_£- 5 zic* — * g » « « u -j :B=T -f*_ -■- ■ — b a P — - y For that Cit - y I am long-ing, Oh, so Cit - y I am long-ing wait-ing and I'm long-ing, b Jt:-:'t^--__^t:_:|r:_ HA -A A 14 A- ►£ B F* A 1* A 14 A- , Em — a — ■ — m ■ ■ 3 Z En=tr=:giz=yz=B=d=rz=z=:: U P man-y there are wait-ing for me, Man - y R-t- £ ^R — k- -A- Bless-ed Sav ^U u are wait-ing for me, ■ -#■ :t: y- •y- !T=t====Fti:t Je -sus, I am read-y, -P- -P- ±: P=P=g=b=p=Q= -P-* — « — a — a — * — 5— — r-P-S 1 ***F$T?H i» II I am read-y, I'll keep work-ing, ev- er looking for Thee. wait, ing and I'm read-y, Work - ing and look-ing for Thee. I fc± t=jr=^fc=fcz£===p:= P=P=«=p=p =n^n— 5: iby H: I — c>- — h -14 14— :S=EP=5=P=i= No. 118. Oh, The Glory of the Story James Rowe Luther Drummond 1. Years I wandered, f ree- ly squandered all my sub-stance day by day, 2. Life grows brighter, burdens light- er, as the days and years go by, 3. Oh, the glo - ry of the sto - ry of my Lord's re-deem-ing grace, -^ u i — i — p~ t> — — i — i — i — i — c^r^ — 3 ~l ^— ij-^trd— ^ _ .._ . 3d — i — ^— Fj — •— p — ^— F^- 1 — Seeking pleasure for my leis - ure, in the drear- y downward way; Je - sus near- er,grow-ing dear - er, nev - er fails to sat - is - fy; Howitspag-es thru the a - ges I shall tell and sing a-bove; _|t — P_*. -P- -p. 0 p -\-p _p 1 L| 1 \- J- — I U^_»_J U P I J— ■iH J — L* e1 — • ♦ — L-» <»- si— F*— T3|=ziq=bd=E±i _* — * 1 — -h— ■ -3= -•- — Till when sigh - ing, sin - ful dy - ing, I was told of love di - vine, So I'm sing - ing, com-fort bring- ing to the troub- led and the sad, Joy for sor - row all may bor - row, per - feet peace and rest com-plete, -A- -£:- m -*- "±- "A1 Z3C £=Iee f- — w — ■• "P 1 — \r~V Of the glo - ry of the sto - ry which has changed this life of mine. Prais-ing, ev - er, Christ my Sav -iour,who a- lone can make them glad. Com-fort ev - er, fail - ing nev • er, from its pag - es pure and sweet. A- _ _ -*- -*- -*- -jSs- -*- -*- -*- _ ! ! L 1 — i — p — ^ i — Chorus. Si ~l- grj *— F » a 9— F^ J— •j «- k— - Uuu- UUP Oh, the glo - ry of the sto - ry, 0 the glo - ry, of the sto — •- u ry, — 0- Of my zp: =p: *— = fg :==pz=p— t: "p— P— P~ P§ Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory.' Oh, The Glory of the Story ^idtfbrZf— g :s— F Saviour's matchless love, no one slight - ing, all de- No one slight- ing, light iug, with a hope of heav'n a - bove; all de - light- ing -*- -*- -*- -*- tol£Z=l£=ISZZIX=: ~fc -t? — p — t? — tr :ip— tr j£-__J3*: -A- t==tz -te _i£ lis* — K it, k. k. — — as Ci? a a #- it, none a - bove it, 4>— -&- How I love How I love it, —A 1. — ♦ ♦- Ev - er m -__, J« -P- _ .-l_| none a - bove it, — p— b— F —- N-^-l- :^z=^ I -— -& i — fc His in my heart shall be; •A- » -A- -4- fc=is=zS=f=::p Oh, the glo ry Oh, the glo ry :t: =t5=t * — a— Eg: .-_* :zl5=z:=5— h — « ^- £== 3H* ^~tP — 1? — P — tr- of the sto • ry, Of my Sav -iour's love for me. of the sto - ry, -fc- j~ -Is- -4- -4- I *I~^ ~fs — te — h — ;P — k — P — r — If -4- lie: — t— :Ji=;. ^i^ r No. 119. B. F. I'll Not Deny My Saviour Byron Faust -a/- * * -■- -si: :# 1. As thru this world and its sor -row, 2. I fall be-fore Him con -fess-ing, I slow- ly wind my war. for-give, oh, Lord, for - give, ■P^—f -P— rk- * — — — c *- :t=tt -a- m= I want the bless - ed fa - vor Ob, take me now and use me r-fr L*i '=z^z=-z£q=Ezi=z3 t— * m tj— Fr£~H of Je - sus day by day; while here on earth I live: k— rf^- S=crz=j -A A-— A * 2 # — L ™ A! A A — ♦ * l-O1- Be it to-day or to-mor-row, I'm Thank God, I now have the bless- ing. sa m called to take my stand, il - va - tion from on high, -A- -A- -A- -^.-J fc_« — e — k — p_ k — ^l — ^_;t__f_"|:: — *— L"t-1 5^=t-Ft=p==u==S==5=Fp==rt=^t3i=z:t:=:Et==tP===t:===!:==E|z= . 1 1 A -51 A ' 2- il 4 * >-_&. A_J I'll not de - ny my Sav-iour, Tho' all the world a - buse me, -A- A- -A- -A -A- I'm hold- ing to His hand. Him, I will not de - ny. -4-— pi— E E 1— rU P*— *— fl*— -rr*= » $ fc— rar-- »-j "=E======Ep==t^t3==r==tf==§==f=r==Et^p.-j Chorus. §EEEfc= P l> " * ' I PJ-^-4^. pi — al — a — a) — ai— Atzpfc :#=. :=r— S- — =f: I'll not de • ny ^ my Sav-iour, V p p He came from I'll not de - ny my Sav-iour,Lord and King, § mat: m w=w — x — = — s — k— r-s — ^ — ' — t — ^ — ■>■■; t2Z=t2=P=t=[:=:Fp=P=P=P=P=S: Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory," I'll Not Deny My Saviour * I — ' I ' ujT y b u ! heav-en a-bove, I'll not de- ny Him He came from hoav'n a-bove, heav'n a-bove, I'll not de- ny Him k k — k— k k-,-5^ U U p h h h r> :--p:t=rp: »__» L £ L p 11 p_p c tp_t?. _pj_| — __d q^=b 1 sav -ing and set-ting me free; sav -ing, sweetly sav- ing and set-ting me, yes, set-ting me iree; -i — ^ -p-- -■- -R- -B- -a- -a >Jz=pzzp^z^.=p-pz— =EP-P— P— g— fcJ— P 3==; h h h I p h i=E5=sfe i— sr-pri— air— dfcrP-fedz: ==s IP I'll not de - ny His fa- vor, I'll not de - ny His fa- vor while I siDg, V [) P And His re- ■fefiZS' i~E5E 3— g- :p=p: l& A__pA JS. tzztzfozzp: _a:_|s A. :p:=p.=p.: -3— S- _h__^_^-i— p ' ^ ' r i tp^ L^ U U I I deem-ing, great love, I'll not de-ny His And His redeeming love, wondrous love, I'll not de - ny His i j ,m. .m. .m. ,m. .(*. p U U I p D p r> p— p— p- pres-ence now liv - ing in me. pres-ence, Ho - !y pres-encenow liv - ing, sweetly liv -ing in me. -A fa >:£: -A- -t~ -s- P==p— .pzz:pzz:p=l:rrp— pmp^iEzzi^z^-e^Etzznizzz:: No. 120. Traveling on With Jesus Adger M. Pace A X N h fc & Houston L. Thomas 1. Won- der- fnl glo - ry I'm hav- ing to - day,walk-ing with Je-sus my 2. Love - li -est flow-ers are bloom-ing for me, as I go trav - el-ing 3. Glad - ly I'll walk with Him till I reach home,yon-der in heav-en some -*^>—$— %—[)—%— 1>—%—%- p~ F-4P— P— P— P— P— p— ££= ^tz-g: $=# I ■ 1- « * i» gw- King, and Sav- iour, And as I trav - el this beau - ti - ful way, on,- with Je - 8U8, More of His glo - ry I clear- ly can see, day, oh, praise Him, There I shall nev - er more sor - row or roam, ,___£ pi__ _& Da * ._* a :rb-#— •—%«— «-fc=g=zf=:|:— "=zj:={^=fezig P-— A sr— — ^5 h* * * A A A A A A A Ft? ■■ ? : v P- . fr, P. - g~~g— tr-^t: A feM^I1^ ■ ,-jf — ^ — jj — ^_ j^. — -i-* ":3z=g; < 2 J - r-W-a-^ — M — h — *— > * hap- pi - est prais - es I sing un - to Him;0 - ver the moun-tains and fac - ing the heav-en - ly dawn, up yon-der;It is so won-der -ful nev - er grow a - ged nor gray, no, nev - er; Won't it be won-der- ful :£=£- :g=:3=§: N^^=M^E?|3=f=J .*__.. :t: ■5— Ifop-^—^ — j a Eg^c — *;~ fg — * 3 a — - — — P "P P val • leys so dim, hap - py, yes, all the day long, oh, praise Him, hear- ing Him say, trust - ing • ly, "Fol • low me on to glo - ry," Iiv -ing up there with the re • deemed ones for aye, in heav-en? J) £ 41 !T p "b 'P , -v Noth-ing to fear with Him, singing a beau-ti -ful song, a glad and hap-py song. Un • to the per -feet day, where the glad saints have all gone, where all the saints bate gone. Glo • ry and love to share,with the dear Saviour to stay,with Him up thereto stay. E±EE:1:£E *t fc=#=tt=$=$=* Coi.rriifht. 1948. by J.roes D. Vcughan, Mueic Publisher. lo"/"Msjestlc Melodies." Traveling on With Jesus Chorus Chorus. k h h ^ -_,_ P ca^BB^BBia^Ezgq — i — j— =*=5— s -#fc Trav • el - ing on, trav • el-ing I'm trav - el -ing on, on with Je- sub, trav -el -ing on, — a — a — A — * * — it-b»-r=— A— A — i tu =* on, Morning un-til the set of sun; on, He sees us From morning un-til the set of sun, si', of set, He sees us; .J. 3 h -^ A A_A_ S| A^--A A A A- ff_2L_Al_V—2|— 5 , sP~h— P— g Fa— »- ±zfcz»- p— r~ r-FP— ^— L-— h— h— ^H ■p~P" fcfEj :jj!=±=Ji-ai-S— fe=z=— — Sz:#jfcfc±=5g— 3 \az_ — i v. „,;l#^ b»._ i — i c™^^_ _^ J? jqz_j! ™ J Trav - el-ing on, trav - el-ing on, Trav-el -ingon, on to glo-ry, trav- e!- ing on, on, sweet sto-ry, . , A A A— A- a. _-^p» — a__> — it" _A — A- _a_ *L_ -&-%-v-? iTiTP Go • ing up home to rest when the great vic-t'ryjs won, the v'm -to -ry is won. K-brt — F — B — F — fi — ^ — n — ' l * — * — *— * hM • H 0_0 gZ^Zt,---- — . P No. 121. R. L. J. I'm Going Home Robert L, Johnson ffi)' 4= ' * ■ -M — I 1 — H^A~A— A K-A^-A- -A— A— A1— A- A— A— A- — I— A 1— A— 5^-1 ^_=rs_u_tf __ .B_«_g_BrLB_tf _a_„_g^s_L «-*-L* *-g3r» • 1. There is a home a-wait-ing the faithful and the true Be-yond this reil of sor-row, a- bo?e the az-ure blue;. 2. To that good land np yonder with Jesus as my Guide,!' 1 tray-el on and up-ward till there I shall a-bide^ ■ 3. My fricnd,why stand ye waHing?the time is passing by,You'll need my blessed Saviour before you come to die; 5r'g4A-J A A_A_A_A_f_C_P_ : k— P-A-U±_!4k_A_A_A_.A_jS_pS-_A_S_A— »i-T ^--A-A-A-A-A -A-A-1 sa— r;— h— h— *- ' ■ ' *— I * "HA--A-A-A-A-A -A-A-L &— n-~ h— h fe> -h 0| 1 }-*— 1 a :±: 3=^—4 -T^=b^=±: So And Just "*!- .sg. .AS- -3)- • • man - y friends and loved ones have gone to there with all the mil - lions I'll shout and come a - long and join me and to that -A J--- A- — I -m B j-r — * live up sing for home- land g_A C .A A A A. fe=bf=t=?=t=|:— t: — & L& A —A A A A- *_ 8 -A ^A j-r P P P there, aye, go, ^i— j-A— :£=; Fine. It makes me Oh. glo - ry. And vou will 7&- M. ,*- want hal - not !&?g-A CA Z|A ^. to la re • _*_ join lu - gret JB- =3= A' — them jah, it =E~F^z=zfe=- ifcztszrz qn- -A |-A - ia . i ;;• and glo - ry with I'm go - ins there when vou get there .«. ,f>. .9. them share, to stay. I know, Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." I'm Going Home A - way from sin] [and sad- ness, to joy >> and peace and glad- ne38, 1 iaz -v — * igi-fP apt — d — F^^^: "!">:],. _; — i h^1- — A A A A A A (- at— ♦ —9— S*^« J I'm go Go- 1 l> j j i l> ^ y ing I'm go - ing, yes, go - ing, ing. yes, I'm Is * wN h r> n ^ A J. 1 • 3V -J- *- 1 P borne, I'm go - ing IS # J y ■ ps3 go-ing home; home; ^&— ■p= -• •-- ■ -# 1 L Ly — 1 — ^ J=j J -£? F ■j — 5=n- I'm go - ing there, I'm go-ing, yes, go-ing, I'm go -ing there, Go-ing, yes, I.'m go-ing there, : ♦ ♦ 4. * « «l 1 4__*L_jL fe=i^=-£=zz===p :?— 1=: Htq -J: :B= P y U y y ♦f - God's love to share, God's won-drons and match-less, great love to share, Won-drous, match - less love to share, _ 1 _#> v -j_ JL JL — v ~\^ B-^' rfc: D.S. -M—^-N (J * ii ♦ — ! — M — « M — « -r-A- :-HV =fc With all the saint- ed mil -lions, with- in that Cit r- y fair, el=t=i £=t: A A- A A- -A A A- U L> l> ! P l> No. 122. You Arc Somebody's Radio B.J. Bryant Johnson «* 1. As you tray -el thru life 2. Does your life re-flect Christ, 3. Are you tell- ing the lost ^£-4^ g — ■ p — a — & $—$—$-$' rzj j^zz:^-— -=== ^ -4 — '-%* — *— *— » dai -ly, you're broad- in your dai - ly of the cleansing A A A -i :P=z't= t=t— p=q - *— — j& A- A 14— J :3: :?: U v P f cast- ing, here be - low, Has the world heard you liv - ing? at His call, Has your soul been washed foun- tain, in His side? Do you show the way speak of Je - sas yet? speak of in the cleans - ing flood? in the that the Sav - iour -trod? that the [i Je - sus cleans - ing Sav - iour -■JH P yet? flood? trod? bx-t:zg==g==f=:zi=r5==S==S=:^==?z:-8=i Do you tell of that life Do you speak of His love, Are you liv - ing, my friend, I 1=3 s — (- a ■ ■ «- It- -$—$' M 3* t- r U . . W^V - V: , V ■ * P - • 9 b y that is ev - er - last - ing? this we know. For the souls who are how His life was giv - en? for us all? Thru His mar - vel - ous ou sal- va - tion'smountain?high and wide? Are you read ■ y my zfcz :£=rp: „. A A A A. CoDyrtehr. 1 948. by James O. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." )± You Arc Somebody's Radio faW- — L — : : ir A" * A- — 1Bt— (■ A) — * -' ■•■■ 3Pv B rrM & c ere their sun ha3 set, ere their stin has set. 1 saved grace friend, and re-deem-ing blood, His re-deem-ing blood. now, to meet your God?now to meet your God Chorus. ::£ i J p J U * Oh, you are some- bod -y's ra - di - o, their ra • di - o, A A -■- A _A a • a! -*- a] I ' i ^ — n — — e — h* — * — * — — rA - 1 U -ft h r—l^ 1 P 1 j- ^ A ^ 1— i p-| 1 aj- la^H^zz-^zqEZ-i -4 , _i 1 AJ Lk_ b 5 U s? I Anjl broad-cast - ing wher - e'er you go, wher - e'er you go; rs a! — -J>— ^ 2: -rf> — b — h- fc*=±-bfc ^=K- «=±3 =5= gggjEgSE^gjE Ev • 'ry broad-cast you be - gin, some - one tunes your pro - gram :p:"! 4— . E-zBzz=ts=titzr:i— ri=r?i= •*- .fc. .fc. BEE in, Oh, you are some- bod - y's ra ... .|l« -.-.-P. ... ^ -A *! ^— rA A. _x No. 123. Adger M. Pace Happy Glory Land James \V, Poole sc^-^-its—ifs-bj — 3— ^ — H--F-1 — -^- -* — -*— '*—* — ^ — * — = — F~!"~ efiz:4-^ — i~H — * — 3 — d — * — 3: ~* — «j- -h= — j — j — a- \-^~ 1. Just be-yond the sun- set giow-ing, is a land of won-drous hue,. 2. I am long-ing,some glad morn-ing, to ar- rive in that good land,. i—A A — , A _A b» e> A r-A=~* i :^-^±-Jz=^— *r -- i 1 — r— i * e? — Fa -i -P — Fw a 1 — 1 — «l 1— — i :H=EFf i And the flow -ers there are growing-, seud- ing out their per- fume too; With a crown of bright a - dorn- ing, join that hap - py saint - ed band; M- — A _i — — ; j A 1_ ) — j — 1— H| — I — « — ■- All the love- ly scenes of And to walk with them in .4— £,-£- beau-ty far be- len-dor, on the rs — Ai L! « 4 ~ — !— H yond mor-tals to streets of the Cit • I Wait for all if true Shar-ing in the love ■ *'■-» — # — hi 1 »— du - ty, when the ten- der, of the A — A — A A- ±f=t=:pz=r2= -a a 1 1 ~ — — I — -I V * -9- O Sav-iour shall call us there. Sav-iour,who reigns up there. -A. -» 6) t—9 _.__A_^_ r Chorus. =» **=*=*== :M=r=- — Fai — *- Hap - py land, glo - ry land, Where the saints Hap - py land, glo - ry land, Where the saints and the k i ■ h w ' iii $l-rd± Jl.-_tL-d: s> ♦ tL g: Copyright 1948 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "gospel glory." "g-—"- r~» j* p § F* — A — * — p — ^- £ -* — r- Happy Glory Land OP h — * — Fa — a — a — S r d — * — M C a, L J ■, , I -, ^_^ -- s-++ — A — A — -I and an - gels stand, Liv-ing in the Saviour's smile, an - gels stand, Liv - ing there in the Saviour's smile, -1— rJ- *' -i j...._f;..._.|_..^ ___.!_J_j_-2 «PS-r» i 1— , V/ill be glo - ry all the while; Not a care Will be glo - ry all the while; Not a care i i j J> JV ! I I J -P — P— rhc— ~ru — t? — B" trrtr-tr--tr rS: -A A- -i — r . i j i — j — ^al— ■=:g— -: will be there, Glo-ry love will be ours to share, will be there, Glo - ry love will be ours to share, — _l — 1_ Jr~Z f^ — h-r~! — | — j — -, ^* g ■— g-F r— » — i jL-i_ — ^ r r r h y .^. e = _ «L jL _f 0 0 H »— U fell ^ P» jj * h jj- » — pj j ^! 13 j) — pa -■ ■ -g — ■— 1 $ £■ ■ b J To this hope, To this hope let %?=*=$ oh, let us ev - er cling, ± *L__J__j! ■ — us cling, I I .,42 _ L_, 1 H :» ■==F-I ~~ ~z^z:zzz:zjz: -a g — pA A a— : l^: And we'll sing to Christ our And we'll sing to Christ our King. i King. 4 — • »- r- No. 124. W. D. R, That Land of Day W, D. Rowland 1. Christ the Saviour pardoned me. cleansed my heart and set me free, Nov* Ihrn love He 2, Since I trust -ed in my Lord and re- lied up- on His word, I've been walking jv — f\ — :sbqi=1az=li=zizzis=i=|s=tlizz ?zz H=B=p=t2=t=r!i;zz!izA— |cz u> V i p -v . .y >/ v v p v u >» i y -ft-frfi l-rf — P — fr-lF— ft w — _j_ — eiJj^- -^ — ^— 4 — * --P- SEE -p« — keeps me in the up-ward way to glo -ry;And if I will trust His grace, dai - ly in the nar-row way to gio -ry;l'll keep hold-ing to His hard, ^ 1" X .*- P -♦- h -♦ ->- :?: y ■ u y u b * 9 <5P— J I shall look up - on His face When I cross the riv - er, to that land of day. Till I reach the gold-en strand, Where I'll live for-ev - er, in that land of day. *.. >. _*. jki jki y=k=p=p— 9—9—^ Chorus. tv----rv '"k k I ■>* . P P P P k A— rA — A — A — «.- — * — A—p1 ' ' : — "1 t> . > y- • ■ y ' ' .". i/ / / > > I will fol-low Je-sus, Tho' the way I wH fol-low Je-sus, Je-sus, blessed Je-sus, Tho' the way be *--r*t'tJ&& _ * 1A !A — iA >A >A rl u_p_H— h- 1 r-H- (- £ - -I _■ M a the vale of ]> \) u be dark and drear, Thru lone-ly,dark and drear,be dark and drear, rilfollow,Thru the vale of sor-row, ..- 1 1 1 A— rA — A — A A — A — - rl 1 1 1 ! 1 1 CoDyright. 1948, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospe! Glory," That Land of Day ^^33 dSgpfcgfcE -•--P-» -^F^l- P y i/, y v '; v i/\-v y u P sorrow, And no e - vil will I fear: thru the vale of sorrow, And no tho't of e-vil will I ev- er fear; He '11 lead me tJ=t?===--=t «=?:S:"i*==: =Fuz42-b±-?= p~ EEEjE p p y y y y P r> h h N ^— ■— ,— ■-T-P— j- ^z^z±=rf: — * A A — A A A SS LA ZS * ~ F<- — h— n— h— n- ^—4—- r,_,_«— ■—■_p — p_£ tm — ■ — <* — ■_ P P P P P P _ P _ V . ■ 1/ y ■ V V" '/ v -v. -V When the night is fall-ing, And I can when the night is fall-ing, fall-ing. oiclit is fall-ing, And 1 can-not k k k k- >-y- -h — n — n — n — n — >= F» — ■ — •— ■ — ■ — ■ — ^5 FP — t — 1 g— 5— i— -■--F»-— j»— »— y— y— ±=g Fg —-„-—-,--.- r, p y [5 y y p p p P not see my way, His Bee my way, 1 can- not see my way, I know that His dear hand will -£-_ £_t_t:Jt— :t._:t-_t:i_:tr_l_S -♦_♦-_♦_♦! t-l 1 1 1 H h- 1 1 1 a ^»--F" ■ ■ ■- L~p — p — _>._ _,_r ^ — ^ — p — t?_.j? — ^_^ — p_c? — e — ^_ ^_ ■ — **>. w n w n i-" -^ iv n p\ -ah :£?— A • 9 A A 1 p — t? — 5 — p— y — -y — dear hand will guide me, Till I me, guide me, sure - ly guide me, l~'i ®i^i=i!==E^=='^=^= : ; ' -p: K Ttj — y— £ — y— * — — -• — •— t — * — ?: reach that land ofi day. Till I reach that bless - ed land of day, that land of day. mm ■*• -a- -P- ■#- -•- -•- . Jfc * t fc t tr £ £, h ...y y_ -y — y — ? -A- No. 125. A, M. P. If Jesus Holds My Hand [ I Will Make It All Right] Adger M. Pace ifi^ V 1 S !^*Efe>=fc*£z£f=: P P -•- 1 ezs: 1 a 1. Tho' the way be rough that I have to climb, 2. As I trudge a-long thru the val-leys drear, 3. When I reach the top ^ of the mountain steep, m si IN IS :^±zpr-n=p: ^3— »-P'5l S lm— 9.— «— i ^teft^zfcgci^ O -ver mountains steep, With a heart bent low, And I view that land 0 y u u w :tf=T thru the hills of time; with no one to cheer, o'er the wa-ters deep; -»- . . *- -» -•- ** _* ^_ -sg : — _|E ■ m — k m=m There is one glad tho't, I am blest to know, I will fear no harm, 1 V t U I) P what-so-e'er my plight, thru the dark-est nieht, when 1 take my flight, :E==t=t=i:=t=t=1 ■^-r-r-D-tr-r ■£»=* gE^-^+fV-^ i 5 all right. I will make it all right. If Jesus holds my hand, I will make it all right, If Je-sus holds mj hand, I ■ 1 — | — l — r~t— ^— Tnr-tr-f -k-^-rt"A a ~~ 1 ^=FS» p-tf-p-L Chorus. f! H hh j^- ^ =31 g ^iJ-^--fir-^-----^-^ 1 If Je-sus holds my hand , I will make it all right, If Je-sus holds my hand, I will make it all right, ji .A. .A- -A. -A. .A. _A_-A-.A_ .A.-A--A. ggg ig=z:Fgz:pizp=p=p-P=P-^ g. Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Gory" If Jesus Holds My Hand O-ver mountains bleak, thru the stormy dark night; O-ver mountains bleak, thru the stormy dark night; ••- -»■ -»■ -0 e- ■•■ -»- k . . -»- -•- 0 -9 -0- -0- -#- jgr_ -~r~ f I'-h-^-f-"-^^"'^ Vrr l — r-1 — r-f~i ^-*-S»— *— ii-PTj- 1 1 0 rj u L; U All the way up home, to the Cit - y bright, All the way up home, to the Cit - y bright, -r-— r=--=rr — 3--P- g— ferzl^: '^-fri tlb At ,.,_ :~ Zl — a ii—ZZta a a ▲ a AZJ — =1- Z^ZlfzZZ'zZ^ ir-tHf f 1 :=t zzzz±:£^z*zzE}:gEzjtzrzz: rzzftj zrfzjzjzjzgzfub.a -zz:— zniJ _ -H 1- „' i» — » — A — h — A — »—•—♦—•—*—•■ r^jz; -•- p -»- I U If Jesus holds my hand, I will make it all right, all right. If Je-sus holds my hand, I will make it all right. -•- -0- 0- -0- -0- -0—0—0- . . -•- I J h S-s— a— — 5 Fs— f- — ■-— —^»— AzrCZ "— *— '-z1 £--*— a — — —- L-tf-b- „zr=£izB=n=?r2zxigiA_A_ zz*-j Coda. To the glo Zfc ^=^=J=JzJfei :i— :azz«r -*-»_A-J -*|_a ;—*—»- .. te Tgi~g~^"lt~g~*~r^ ^ b y p u u ' ry land, where there com-eth no night, To the glo- ryland, where there com-eth no night, F±z S=t^^=S======^=«:^is=P=l=l If Je-sus holds my hand k-P-j-^-"-^-*-} I will make it all right. If Jesus holds my hand I will make it all rightj will make it all right. ■A- -A- -A- -*- -»- -A- -A- -A. .»- .*- _-A B 4- Fir— 1%— A— A^-F— *— P-+T-H*— Id— p-r- t^T-lfc 4 t' ~l 1 No. 126. W.B Walbert :±=i Beautiful Home J. O. Townsend ^p-f? — ft — p — h— -] — b— y=y-p^-«— «f--»— •-i — H — ^~~^ — 6 — * — ^~i — *— F* — «— * — * — *■- H *pE ^ — — „— »- ^—.—^^ 1. 0 - ver the deep and roll - ing sea, there is a home prepared for me, 2. Je - sus is wait- ing for us there, in that bright home so love -ly, fair, 3. There we shall nev- er know a sigh, nev - er a - gain shall sav good- by, &-JMl f=^T=3i »r* ir-r Bean - ti - ful home Beau • ti f- -£ * ful, beau -■- r~ ir ti- -«- ful -■- -t-_ t^=s="=^: of the hap- py and home of the hap- py, the ■*• *■ ■*- *_■:■_?- |SS=g51 blest; home of the hap • py Love - lv It will and blest;Sing- ing and bright be- yond compare, be glo - ry, oh, so sweet, and shout-ing all day long, m. 3: jczzfc JZ# — ^_:C_ZJ-C# # # 0 # 0 ■ 0_ L w— *— a — *— F* — ^— A— #— A — s — F, »T 9 9 »-v i And it is built of jew- el3 rare. Beau- ti when we to - geth-er there shall meet, prais-ing the Lord in hap - py song, __r— I—*-. ful home :H: rf— i— fczcS-z *— r— B— S L Beau-ti -ful,beau-ti - ful .*. _». .p. ,r. — .,_ where the wea - ry find rest. home where the wea - ry find won - der • ful glo * ry and rest. JB. .ft. JL V #- -k- J J | J -J -J J Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." Beautiful Home Chords. x-a±fcifcz=iz±:-^. ' ■■ ■'■?'■ -Mia Beau - ti - ful home, won • der - fnl Beau - ti - ful, beau - ti • ful home, P r =fc^j^r-- : .; j£ hvtVJ1 J* P 4 ■■$< k rVi TZg — | £ R_ip.L#_# — 0 # m e J -U— 1 -■ a a- s> b u home, Ha-ven of rest for all the blest ,wait-ing up won-der- ful, mar-vel-ous home, 'tis WM— Hi— h — t- — t- — t — F — H— Hi— h-Ph — M— ^ — fcJ — I — g — g — b — fa - — _. -m A A A m * * F* * * * m «5 A" there; Beau- ti -ful home, wait -ing God's chil-dren up there; Beau- ti - ful,beau-ti - ful home» #■ #■ -*- gk- -k- -k- -•- ^=g=p=z^=b=t2=t=:===== _ S mZ * * A A A- 45 — -fi- * >3~ glo • ri - ous home, Par • a • dise glo - -ri" - ous, heav - en - ly home, -k- -k- -k- -k- :r=t=E=.t: ^iAjtf j A * A- FS=f-ir p-p ± — A — A — * — B— -&F-. 5 £:=£ sweet, so love- ly and fair. Won-der- ful par - a -dise sweet so love- ly and it is 80 love- ly and fair. — i 1 P — P — 0 — m^ jjTg til 5 r iir. t is bo love- ly and fair AllAAJLL — # — •— -m — * «=P=P=#=«=P=£ pza^p No. 127. His Love Shines Within W. B. Walbert Oren Adams fh^-^i — — Mr — ft — *— — ! — ft— \-~- — * — a — v—\ — -1 — Fa-=- — a a — 1~ z=£= 1. I'm walk-ing with Christ from day un -to day, And sing -ing His praise 2. No long-er in sin and dark-ness I roam, By faith I can see '3. And when I shall reach that Cit -y of gold, I then shall live on -A-b»- ft— rA ft— r ®;: rfl ) — Fl* — C — •— Fl ' — Ff-r — P — t — Fl 1 F»* — • wp 4 ft— h* — ft — ft— b^ — t — F; — d — i — F^ — * — F*- — ft -tr~r-ur §>=^ r-gi — *• -*r— * *— L 3= ft — f-i£= — a - long the bright way;Tbe light of His love is shin - ing on me, the lights of sweet home; And soon I shall reach that won - der - ful place, and nev - er grow old; No sor - row nor pain can en - ter up there, >- — * — r— rA— km — rtr. a A — rA—i — P-tf— b— t-- r b - '■• r *=:! :p: Chorus. h — ft — ™ — F^-^ — * — FJ — — — - — I My heart is a - glow, I'm hap -py and free. Re - deemed and made pure, by mar - vel - ous grace. In heav-en, that home so won-drous - ly fair. ~_ ft ft — d A_f.ftJL — a 9 — r-j — r- --— -t— Eb=— ?= =E=zF#S"-*r— F The bless- ed mm sun - light from heav - en shines with Light from heav - en shines with - in, shines with -in, ft _A ft ft A = ,-* ft » ft P C U V Since Christ my =fc: U *=£=£= — p: u -Q-fr » 1 , h Vf) -, r~fs- ife ;4-#J ♦ -ti t ^ 0s- § a] =) w >* — ^- p * N * 4 3 3" ^ ! — ft •J V D^ * ^ * Lord saved and cleansed my heart from sin, Saved and cleansed my heart from sin , _ ft ft A A ft ft— pf— @dz=q t t t t t t— &» ev - 'ry ft aI sin, P — « — He — • — is my *^P- ■ ft ft ft —ft ft ft hf— ■£ -i — 1— 5 1 Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher in" Gospel Glory " -I — -i -j- UsEE^E^ His Love Shines Within _p> j— , — h — f — -P — _ — i — i — -_i — w — ♦ — -3 -ftm — tH 1 ' :3=-£- ±=±=$* Sav- iour,King, I will sing, All glo - ry and own Sav- iour,King, His hap - py praise I will sing, P ^ fadLdbfcEE h P P iP J * -f*- -sh— S- =t: ^fe?=?_Eg^| :3z $;'■■' 1/ bon - or to His name, pre •ciousname; t=ttP — I — t^ — -— — — — — c +-TI&— &- — — t=i=:g*_£=: 1? — P — P — b— L— — ■ P — P — Gent-ly leads He gent - ly leads IS J IS JS b-^r 3££i*=i Ml- — l — «_&* -3=--- IZIEJZZi.— * — *ZZI 1=3 all the way, That fair land of per-fect me all the way, To that fair land of per-fect i IN IS I fN IS -3= S- Z P P •i 4__* :3=M: r^- r- ;*=£EE& ■D— P" :g=: $£=£ £-:$=:£: -ft — i- w P I P P ™ day, And what - so SB* 3— fi: ^—^: 1 er be -tide me, He will day, hap - py dav, IS I IN fS a1 j d m Tl^T- A A * A— 4="_ ^p=p— p— p=Lb.: -k- -k- -k- ;tr__-tr__t-_ :fc— ^— t: :fz==pzz=pz -k- :k=: jb=g~ *— g— p— fe- ■ =Fgzz^=p: H 1 — WB-^— *i- =4 rufei- I p~T stay close be-side me.My Sav-iour, Re-deem- er, Lord and King, Lord and King. §e jC. rs A— A- :P^P=t=^=M :=A=f &E -b— p -jfir*-- -r No. 128. Marvelous Love J. E. M, LE. Marsh ^-ffT-1^— fe—^F 3— ■— 3— ■— 3— if1— 3— h -H— -H-ahs-^-Bh-Fa — * — 3—= 5 *■ ."Si P 1. Mar-vel-ous was the love that Jesus had for sinners, When He was dy-ing on the 2. Mar-vel-ous was the love that bro't Him down from glo- ry, Just to a -tone for all our 3. There is no love that can compare with that of Je-sus, When He laid down His life that j&tCa-*—* — A-+A — * — A— A — A — I ' 1 — \-A — c=— A * A— \ iizteft— J^tfcnz :t3z=U=t2r * t^^rr^ : - -^-f-fM^ =d=«P cross of Cal-va-ry, of Oal-va-ry ; With a thorn crown up- on Hishead,thesearo the sins and set us free,to set us free; And if we'll to His will be true, please llim in we thru Him might live.that wemhrhfc live;Making for us a home on high, where we shall :*.: .A. .A. ■a. -.m- -A. .A. .A. .A. V V w ' -A — A — I 1 A—*—*- V ^feterfS -1 — al— f— •-.; :-ts: -#- > -»- '■ ••- y 7 1/ _ v » 1 ten-der words Hesaid,"Fa-ther,for -give them, "now and set them free, oh, set them free, ev - 'ry thing we do, On some glad morning we His face shall see, His face shall see. live and nev- er die, Wear a bririit crown that He to us will give, to us will give. <■*- -A- n n "A- h N h ^ 1 ^ b u Mar-vel-ous love that our Sav-iour was showing, p b S M When He was dy-ing Wondrous love Je-sus showed, When He died .A A- A A A- g r-l ' 1 t h L^ — £__* I I 0 g%lzfc=r-q=:^^=g ,fcm=; b "an f ■«i- 0 5. ^ p- C p p on Cal-va-ry's tree, It was because He loved us so,that to the cross our Lord did go, on the tree, Loved us so, cross did go, •A- -A- tt-^ — g -HA— A—A— g 1-A A A— g LA A A 3= :tzz==tt: t:: Copyright 1948 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "gospel glory." Marvelous Love _ * r*__£. n _4v __y. _____ J _T^ _N I A- ty-— F_ — ■ — # — y — ■ — ■ There to re- deem us from all our sins and set us free; From our sins and set us free, and set us free; w-n-- F[- — ' — »— ■— ■ — n—n-Fa— »—■—■—*— J — w p p * ■" l; u j u 0 ™ P -4— J- izt^: k P B =~fcfe p P y i I There is none oth- er such grace and com-pas-sion, there is none oth-er none oth-er such great love in the earth _r — 1_ — _ -k. ® ft* ■ — fa--*— a—- — — E f p b s ■ r -•- ■? P P A A P P P j 0 ^ p ; p • in earth or a- bove, None that could suffer on the tree, giving His life that we go free, or a-bove, On the tree, we go free, SPft VX -4* — Ift — *~^ F1^ ■ &— ^ j-j_ * _| S)£=f=ggg=f-t* * I— g— ^— I — g-F*— *-S*-fr«— *— H Won-der- ful, mar-vel- ous is the dear Saviour's love. our Saviour's love. __^L^-f ,f fe ^L4^^^^^,j!j£Jlb^ ±£g=0=g_;E^_=^_=p__^__g_zp__^— ^-E[=Z == No. 129. Millard A. Glenn I Am Saved d*x=&:=&=:&=$=n&: A A- ^ ^ . 3 *- 1. I'm so glad to tell 2. I was just a stran 3. When the glo - ry gates —d ■ al P — at — F-- -I * — i — _£ — 5— c- you now my broth -er, -ger to my Sav-iour, some day I'm near - ing, I Mrs, Jesse B. Hardin — *==*= Like But sweet - ly saved, 1 my thru will bless - ed Lord there is no oth - er, His e - ter - nal grace and fa - vor, join the saints, my Sav- iour cheer- ing, 1 fe- -r --j- -£ !- -A A A A. -t—=L— s==fe— "P p p ** F=fe=^=^=^=±: =*= £±3=3=?, am saved; >—'-*' -*i- am J" sweet - ly saved; Liv - ing on the moun-tain Now I'm on the glo - ry Then I want to tell how 9Ep— -9 — % — \r — * — & — 4 — « — 14- _4> 1 -j^i top of bless - ing, road to heav - en, much I love Him, am saved, saved, oh, glo - ry, _ a A * rZ « g^-A— —— i> A A 1-; : ^-1- A^J Tell-iflg of the joy I'm now pos -sess-ing, Whereashin-ing crown I shall be giv - en, Tell it out with joy, there's none a -boveHim. I r_^_^_f-_fc_4_AL_A_~- A -_A_r!l * ^=pz=fc£^: : I ---, am saved. sweet- lv saved. Copyright, 1948, by Jame6 D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." 1 Am Saved Chorus. — ♦- »£— «i— *— *— — *— *-c — a — E7^— 1— J-?*— *- ^-J-1 Glo- ry be to God, I'll sing and shout it, gfc I amsared, oh, hal-le-Iu-jah, am saved, A A And I want to tell the world a - bout it, -k- -*- -»».- A -m- -F- -h~ tb- -P- -F- B5* *- ^ I HHj-f r" 1 1 • ■ — ~Z, ^ • — jr -F- h is (® — ri — •J saved; -— gb:fc^=;=;zz:iz:tz^=ii— ;=J!zz When I get to heav'n.ob, won-droussto -ry, saved, and oh, so hap-py; :g— * 3Mr ^ — ^ 1 — -5 — % — g Fif — a ft — £ A A I am saved, I will sing it out with 1 am saved, be -yond the riv - er, EftE \t i — -• (tMs--- :— tf d2=f=^=^^:^=Fr==i== *±# grace and glo - ry, — ft— % I' 0 V am saved. am saved.and saved for •I = JR. 3. JR. ft ft ft b to h h No. 130. A. M. P. Have You Balanced Your Account [With God?] Adger M. Pace 1. Oh, my brother.are you saved from a life by sin de-praved?Areyou walking where the 2. Would yonr soul gc home with Him when yon pass thru shadows dim?And yourbod-y 's laid be* 3. Could you answer,"Here am I" on that morning by and by?Sayedandsan-ti -fied thru .k. k. >. p- p P P P ' p jc-|c-|s=|E r~u_p •*— ; ! *— t- ft* -T k — k — k — k — k — k- tP=£=£=P=r=£=£ :— f:— *— f P P 3| 9 poEEgE saints have trod?the saints have trod? neaththe sod?be-neaththesod? Je - sns' blood?thrn Je-sus' blood? p p p i< ' y p If the Lord should come to-day, tell me When He calls your name on high, what will If you can, with Him you'll Ine and a --W- ~V~V P I 1/ y u y I broth-er,now I pray, then be your re-ply?Have you balanced your account with God?accofint with God? crown to you He'll give, spr^ ^=& Chorus. Kg. A A A A lA— A. 1—+) — p — P — P — rf^-T' cr js_r; :it 1 Do you know that you are saved? Do you know to - day, that you are saved, my broth - er? 1a- — "£ — "j! — ."£: — TA1 SJ===E=^^EE^ -&- • jA P :^=^=^=45: .-j "i"— U P P P i I Know the joy that you have craved, Know the peace and joy that you have craved, -k_ _k_ _k_ _k_ -k. .k. _k- >. .fL. .kJL .p.. ^ — k — — k~ Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." :==[:=zz:t==t=zzz:z=t:==:xr=t=t=rt=:t=:3 E fc k fc It Ufc k; +- k— f; J Have You Balanced Your Account [With God?] — 1# # — m — m — • — ft* — &-z: 3* :^~i Are your sins all cov-ered by the blood? the cleans-lng blood of Je-su3? —A A — r-A 1 A m A A — r_, A 2 A a m *— HS" 3 b b h Eto^=r==zz===z=a=z^z=i=^==ci|: i — h, — t, — |p — tJ — r~ f— f— ,•— c- -g — s — Are you iiv - ing on the mount? Are you Iiv - ing now high on the mount of bless- ing? wm t— t— t— t :p=g— b— E t~- -t A A " £ j :£=* -I" (■- b I) — *— tj — a — ^—g—^—i Drink Drink-ing at the fount, -*- -K- >- -S- >- ing at the glo - ry the glo - ry ? — k- -k k- :&=p: -k :Fk- 4: fe fount, fount, -(8- .M. ju -k' »■ — k-= — #• — :t ] — b — b bj- Have you bal - anced your ac- count with God? =3 h T t# 4. h a ^ b b b t ac- count with God? i j» i1 i .j. a-- No. 131. James Rowe -• — a — 9— .42; Sing Hosannas *=&=£ James D. W albert 1. Oh, sing ho-san-nas to the Lord,who leads us on onr way,Let songs of 2. Oh, sing ho- san-nas to His name and nev- er from Him roam, He lift - ed 3. Oh, sing ho-san-nas and re-joice in His re -deem-ing love, Then we shall -»— -1— -A A A__A A A A_Ca A: :t=t=t=t=t=t=|:=Et:==t: -Ifc & \& it A & & — Ltfc ft A- glad-ness be ont-poured to Him from day to day;His love is us from sin arid shame,and now He leads us kme;The an -gels all lift to Him the voice in realms of bliss a - !jove;The temp won- der - ful in- His name a ter still our souls deed, His lov- ing kind-ness great.He free- ly fills our ev dore and ev - er sing His praisc,So praise His mer- cy ev sails, our bur-dens oft are ereat, But He whose mor - cj nev ' _ * 1_X :*— M-zt :n— -h—9- 'ry need and guides us er-more thru-out our ' er fails will lead us —A A_|_A__f_i 14 — 14 — ifc_i r — — Chorus. 11 v^nunua. £=3: 1 X to the gate. Ho-san-nas sing earth -ly days, thru the gate. un t the King, m Glad - ly sing _^ — ft — f»_ fe: '--t=t3: 1 X And make the 1 hills and val U leys — v Make the hills ring, val leys 4- rmg, -S— - 3 — s- ZXZ m Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory. Sing Hosannas fotejfcztazrf e When to His word 1 * p — * a — fr« =- Jtj- a m ■ j u u ; *= *■ we sweet -ly cling, To His word sweet - ly cling, His name oh, —i * — — L — L" — v- ssj: — let us wor-ship and a-dore.Him a - dore;And let ho - san -nas in the ^^i — ft — » > — — ■ » — * — •— h — -brzi-zzitizz: 1 — t2-_.p — £ — t — w— t^ * — £ — £ — y— l"* — a — & — * — *-$ in i — * — d — *- u \> high -est ev • er rise and swell, For Him who lives and reigns a - bove and do - eth -A A A- :t=t=t: ■A A 1*- P L> U L> U all things well;Then in His. pre-cious Ho - ly love for - ev - er, we shall dwell, -w- ^ i And glad-Iy sing His hap- py praise on heav-en's beau - ti — i- *i ^ — ..!!_ -k- — k — At. ~\ t" <br -0- D 5= — A a ____ - y— -» — "I? .#. -£- -fc- :t=zF==t:: -• — » #- No. 132. Since the Saviour Set Me Free Charles H. Huff Lawrence Roper V .*. .*. -#. -^. .«(.. .«,. -«- »«l ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 1. Wonderful songs of love are ringing in my soul, ring-ing in my soul, 2. Wonderful sat -is- fy-ing peace is in my soul, peace is in my soul, P b ^ I ! I i '>> v P P h t?^tr~ t?=E— {:: .*. -*. .4,- _♦- -#. .«,- -4i- in my hap - py soul,Heav- en - ly joy like might-y bil -lowso'er meroll. in my new-born soul, And I am bead-ed now for my e - ter-nal goal, 3 I I i -f- -♦- firza — *__*— fr— is— a— fc=fc=E . — zEpzzE=b=E=t:-J V ip b u :l l> P L> ' fc. ^ -*- .#- .*. .0- Since the Sav-iourset me free, He set me free;Glo -ry to God, 1 now can 0 - ver the stars and moon I'll SEEfefg 1=~ ^Fh— 9— P— £— : h— h— n-Fk— k— Is— is— 1 S — <— ^~ *— *— * -v -*- ^-^— ^ — c^— ^-^-^r-4-3 talk with Him each day, live with Him someday, talk with Him each day, ev-'ry pass-ing day, live with Him some day, some e - ter-nal day, -J-.J-.-JL -^Jl_|L-J ®-£-4tr4 • / .J. .*. -♦- -♦'. ^ ^ Sing -ing and shouting as I go a - long my way, Since the Saviour set me For I am read-y now to go with Him to stay, P 111 1#- -♦• _j A A— rji A A A— H A A A A A A— rA A F , z==Fh=zh=zD=_-b=t:=n;.=h=Fti=:|:=:t:=| KZj m — > tz: Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Glory." Since the Saviour Set Me Free Fine. Chorus. HNE, IJHORUS. i k free, He bet me free. Beau-ti - ful songs are rmg-mg in my soul, Songs to -day, are ring-ing in my soul, lffiEi^=^£--^r=:t=z==:=:--i^==i==pc=s=E«2=:t3==p=t:iJ ■f For I am saved and made com-plete-ly whole,Won-der-ful joy like Saved I am and made com-plete-ly whole, Joy like nnVLiy :?: :f: * ♦ :— u.-i— t— ^ BfflS j. . iJS h h h I h %r-\ - l--r-i bil - lows o'er me roll, giv -ing me the uc- to - ry, the vie - to - ry; 3:— ,*- ^Hfc^zif ^^ I will keep sing - ing Sing-ing,sing-ing ^EEEEEEEg=gE|Ep«^:: h==Etc=tsizfc^=Bb=zpzzt2=:t3=^ as I go a- long,tell-ing the world this whole wide world this 1^2:5=^=1 E*zE*=^=i£=— EEzl-31. * -5- -*: hJ- -«• >? 4U* =#=3=£g=? mes-sage glad in song,Read-y am I to mes-sage glad in song, Read - y now to D.S 3= sing with heaven's throag, fc=fc=3EZ=te==fc:=:=:zz: 1 r^ — p — p — t"_c 1/ P y 1 No. 133. On That Happy Glory Day Millard A. Glenn B. F. White and Hollis Taylor — . TV 7 -^- y. 0 u * 1. Oh.my hopes grow fon-der of a home up yon-der,in the sky, And my heart is glad, 2. On that bright to-mor-row, free from pain and sor-row,bless the Lord, Hap- pvglo -ry dav, ft fi h *■ :?: t: +- -►- * ^ |/ 1/ P. " ■ v -W-J-- 1>-3 With mybless-ed Saviour, some glad won-der-ful day, some won-der -ful day; I will have a mansion in that Cit - y of gold, that Cit - y of gold; ^^^Afti~==^i~^^^ m m «- =£rfe3=== kJ b p t> ^ And I mean to go there, when this life is o - ver, by and by, And no more be sad, And with voices blend-ed, with the saints as-cend-ed, in ac-cord, While the harpers play, & ft r> - i - 1 Is^f =sRf=P=y=F A & A— rA A A A A—m ^Wif- — N & — -ri * — 1-« 1 v — 9 *l *f • — r-T^i : *j — A -H — *--m- With my friends and loved ones there for - ev - er to stay, there to stay. I will sing God's prais-es* there and nev - er grow old, ne'er grow old. i=sz=:==:gzz."ZzEpz=:zizzf zz±:=rzB=z:i: f ^ kw — « — 9 — m — u — u — h- Chorus. 11 fc t>. . ■_ ~T!l_jjL " _— zzzizzizz _ ci — <ziz:g 1 — ^ * ■: — 4— -♦• On that hap • py glo - ry day, On that hap - py glo - ry day, i. a ft ft s ft fi ft ^ *B5 0-^-b-tJ— r EM -yp Copyright, 1948, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in" Gospel Glory " On That Happy Glory Day -ft ffE?: ;-*!- When I get to glo - ry land, When I get to glo - ry land, 3 J i f) i i i i1 rp -* g — ■ — 8 — R--H* — '■ *— £ nTrtr* Pf TF=$=* I will join with all the 9aints,sing- ing, hap - py prais - es to the Sing - ing, ?z3: -9- -ts ■ J- ^.__6-r^rrzr: ^_b. J/rtTj? l * f m m i ar p ;p — ^p~i — | ~~j ?-T-F-t1-H-i-s-si-"---Vn"'-ci' great Sav-iour,King;While the a - ges pass a - way, Sav-iour,King; While they pas9 a - way, m ~w~ . — £— tr=tc -A A A — :^=t= P § P ' b m&E^Ei^ -j s i 0 tf U L> u With that might-y cho- rus grand, with that cho- rus grand, Un - to Christ,my — — . . * * A 4 * 3 § Lord.Prais - es for • ev • er I'll sing, for • ev • er I'll sing. -i 1 &« k. J> i i i1 i XJ&Sl INDEX No. A Heaven to Gain 20 Almost Persuaded 61 Amazing- Grace . . . . , .103 America 93 Arlington 85 Asleep in Jesus 97 Be Still and Know 43 Beautiful Home 126 Bethany 107 Blest Be the Tie 99 Come My Friends and Go In F. Cover Enough For Me 87 Fill Me Now 69 Follow Thou Me 106 Give Me Oil in My Lamp. .-.>" 105 Glory, Hallelujah, I Am Saved 88 Glory to His Name 57 God Be With You 31 God is Present Everywhere 73 God Plans the Best for Me 35 Going to the City Fair 40 Goodby 29 Gospel Glory 1 Happ3r Glory Land 123 Have you Balanced Your Account?.... 130 Have You Been Faithful to Jesus? 13 He Made a New Creature of Me 6S He Will Meet Me at the Gate 24 He Will Roll the Shadows Away 116 Help Us in the Fight . 54 He's a Friend of Mine 108 He's Coming Back Again 98 His Love Shines Within 127 Holy Ghost with Light Divine 83 How Sweet the Name of Jesus 75 I Am Going to That City 117 I Am Saved '. 129 I Feel Like Traveling On 39 I Have No More Hills to Climb 50 I Hear Thy Welcome Voice 51 I Need the Prayers 55 I Shall Be at Home with Jesus 47 I Shall Reacli Home 77 I Want to Go Home 92 I Want to Join in Singing There 72 I Want to Live There Pref . Page I Will Not be Left to Travel Alone 30 If Jesus Holds My Hand 125 I'll Away to Rest 76 I'll Fly Away 52 I'll Fly Away Some Morning 62 I'll Live with Him Yonder 48 I'll Not Deny my Saviour. 119 I'll Pray my Way to Heaven 100 I'll Reach My Long Sought Home 2S I'll Rise and Fly Away 115 I'll Soon Be Going 56 I'm Glory Bound 74 I'm Going Home 121 I'm Holding to His Hand 46 I'm So Happy 19 In Glory 27 It is Sweet to Walk with Jesus 58 I've Left Old Egypt 102 Jesus is His Name 49 Tesus Is More than a Friend. . . In B, Cover Jesus Paid It All 65 Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me 89 Just As I Am 95 Just Beyond the Sunset 110 No. Lead Me Shepherd 41 Lean on the Everlas.ing- Arms 18 Let the Light Shine on Me 42 Let Us Keep on Praying 6 Light from the Middle Cross. 37 Look to the Saviour and Live. . 9 Lord, I'm Coming Home S3 Lord, Is It I? /. S Marvelous Love ;-, 128 My Faith Looks Up to Thee 79 My Lord is Watching- Over Me 44 My Saviour Will be Near 70 My Saviour Will Lead Me 86 Oh, Don't Go Away 12 Oh, the Glory of the Story 118 On That Happy Glory Day 133 On The Hills of Glory Land • 3 Only Trust Him 63 Over the Tide SO Pass Me Not 81 Pray, Pray, Pray 59 Press On, Pilgrim Band 112 Rest in Peace Rock of Ages. 71 109 Since the Saviour Set Me Free 132 Sing Hallelujah 23 Sing- Hosannas 131 Sing Out the Story 90 Stay in the Middle of the Road 78 Tell It Everywhere You Go 45 Tell It Out 4 That Far Away Clime 16 That Land of Day 124 That Wonderful Day 96 The City Four-Square 2 The Glory Land 64 The Highway Grand . . .*. 114 The Inner Voice 34 The Love of Jesus Ill The Sweetest Music 25 The Tree of Life. 94 There is a> Fountain. 91 Traveling On with Jesus 120 Traveling the Royal Road 66 Wake. Up, Christians 32 Watch the Light Just Ahead 113 We Are Going- Home to Heaven 11 We'll Sing the Glory Song- 84 We'll Still Sing On . _ 26 What A Friend We Have in Jesus 33 What a Ha-ppy Time 60 What a Joy to Know 82 What Wonderful Glory 10 When Christ Shall Come 7 When Jesus Abides With Me . . . .' 15 When "the Saviour Calls Me Home .... 17 When We Hear the Welcome Bells ... 38 Whe,n We Meet Up There '. 104 When We Reach Our Home in Glory. ... 36 Where He Leads Me 101 Where the Flowers Bloom Forever ... 22 Whiter than Snow 67 Wiry Don't You Let Jesus Come In? . . 8 Wonderful Joy is in My Soul 21 Wonderful Story 14 You are Somebody's Radio 122 Jesus is More Than A Friend W.H.J. W. Howard Johnson 1. Je - sua left heav-en,that beau- ti - ful place. And to this world did 2. Je - sns was nailed to the old rug -ged cross, On no one could He 3. Then He was bur-ied, a - rose from the grave, Back home He then did i —M de- de- as - u u u H =H 1 m [— I 1 1 * m — — h^- — I • — £h •—r-Jr- H *— H ^ 5 ■ ■ scend; Suf -fered and died for the sins of the race, pend; Yet, He had pit - y and suf - fered the loss, cend; Now .He is plead- ing the whole world to save, JdfTf? t| a^-H — I— Enf — r—t— t=g^=L-— £-\ _2iz:iti^t=:-=t|i=zz:fci=:^=|s=:=:pc:=a=zt5z=5Z=zpzz=t:=:J U Chorus -• — ^ — 5F — 5 — rj. — ^— ^j— h c" — 1 — 1 ^ -f ' ]''~1F3 Je - sus i9 more than a Friend Je - 9us i9 more than rr. * = * P * «- -, — ^=\ — : r * * * * 1 ,i?o-« Friend, More than this world may con -tend; He __ — « — i_jj — i rA A A _ 4_ died on the tree for you and for me, Je-sus i9 more than a Friend. -0- -ih_ -+— ♦- * — * — -* a— | * — *~r* — • * — r — I 1 — r ' rH I / l- f -»=E±g— g L l I i— *— -«-Ji— » — !•- Lg j-gJ/-Jfc._Jfc^Jfc— Ifc— ifc-lU— ^ — u LU— U — U — U — U U nE=^- Copyright. 1948. by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher in "Gospel Clorv" Millions of Vaughan Song Books have been sold and are being sold through- out America and many other nations. TITLES OF BOOKS Gospel Glory (1948) Majestic Melodies (1948) Heaven's Gift (1947) Perfect Hearts (1947) Silver Trumpet (1946) Golden Hours (1946) Honored Guest (1945) Blissful Showers (1945) Paradise Garden (1944) Boundless Love (1944) Dawning Light (1943) Sacred Thoughts (1943) Gospel Leader (1942) Crowning Glory (1942) Singing Star (1941) Joy DiVine (1941) Crowning Harmony (1940) Heaven's Hallelujahs (1939) Beautiful Praise (1940) Happy Praises (1938) Gospel Choruses (1939) New Temple Bells (1938) Hallelujah Voices (1937) Harmony Heaven (1935) New Gospel Voices (1933) Millennial Praise (1927) Highest Hosannas (1928) Heavenly Praises (1925) Pleasures Of Heaven (1926) The above popular books are admirably adapted to the needs of the Sunday School and all kinds of religious work. They are furnished in shaped notes at uniform prices. The price of each book is 35c a copy, or $3.60 a dozen, post- paid anywhere in U.S.A. Please order books by name. VAUGHAN'S SELECT RADIO SPECIALS is what the name implies. Out of the thousands of fine songs published by James D. Vaughan in the last ten years, the songs in "Vaughan's Select Radio Specials" are the cream of them all. Every singing aggregation needs quartets, trios, duets and solos of selected gospel songs. The kind which carry a message of love, hope and happiness, with melodies and harmony suited to make them "Happy Hitters." Price 50c a copy; $5.00 a dozen, postpaid anywhere in U.S.A. GREAT GOSPEL SONGS AND HTMNS Great Gospel Songs and Hymns is one of the most com- plete church and revival books ever published. It contains more than 300 carefully selected songs for all departments of the church. Scores of the favorite, nationally known church songs, many of the best songs from all southern publishers and the greatest number of special songs ever found in one book. Write for complete index. Shaped notes only. Prices: Limp Binding, 45c a copy; $4.50 a dozen; $16.00 per 50; $30.00 per 100. Cloth Board, 75c a copy; $7.00 a dozen; $27.50 per 50; $50.00 per 100, postpaid anywhere in U.S.A. Address all orders to JAMES D. VAUGHAN MUSIC PUBLISHER Lawrenceburg, Tenn.